[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2014157635A1 - Sulfamoylbenzene derivative and drug application - Google Patents

Sulfamoylbenzene derivative and drug application Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014157635A1
WO2014157635A1 PCT/JP2014/059183 JP2014059183W WO2014157635A1 WO 2014157635 A1 WO2014157635 A1 WO 2014157635A1 JP 2014059183 W JP2014059183 W JP 2014059183W WO 2014157635 A1 WO2014157635 A1 WO 2014157635A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
group
reaction
bumetanide
concentration
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2014/059183
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
清志 高
富長 深澤
英樹 阪上
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Toray Industries Inc
Original Assignee
Toray Industries Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Toray Industries Inc filed Critical Toray Industries Inc
Priority to JP2014514966A priority Critical patent/JPWO2014157635A1/en
Publication of WO2014157635A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014157635A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/50Compounds containing any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom
    • C07C311/51Y being a hydrogen or a carbon atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/30Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/37Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having the sulfur atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C311/38Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having the sulfur atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups and amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered rings of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C311/39Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having the sulfur atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups and amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered rings of the same carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to an acyclic carbon atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/30Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/37Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having the sulfur atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C311/38Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having the sulfur atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups and amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered rings of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C311/39Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having the sulfur atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups and amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered rings of the same carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C311/41Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups having the sulfur atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups and amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered rings of the same carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to an acyclic carbon atom to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H13/00Compounds containing saccharide radicals esterified by carbonic acid or derivatives thereof, or by organic acids, e.g. phosphonic acids

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a sulfamoylbenzene derivative and its pharmaceutical use.
  • Epilepsy is a disease or symptom that causes seizures (epileptic seizures) due to excessive excitement that occurs in nerve cells such as the cerebrum and hippocampus and abnormal neural activity that spreads the excitement (epilepsy discharge).
  • a drug having an inhibitory action on sodium channel or calcium channel or a drug having an enhancing action on ⁇ -aminobutyric acid (GABA) receptor for controlling inhibitory neurotransmission is generally used. Yes.
  • Bumetanide has been widely used as a diuretic, sodium ion - potassium ions - chloride cotransporter (Na + -K + -Cl - cotransporter ; hereinafter, NKCC) activity inhibiting NKCC1 isoform of Therefore, the possibility of having a therapeutic effect on epilepsy has been suggested (Non-patent Documents 1 and 2).
  • a prodrug is a compound in which a drug is chemically modified for the purpose of improving stability, solubility, absorbability or transferability, etc., and after administration, the active substance (drug ) And is designed to exert its pharmacological action.
  • enalapril as an antihypertensive agent
  • a prodrug obtained by esterifying alcohol as pivalic acid ester as dipivefrin as an agent for treating open-angle glaucoma
  • a prodrug obtained by esterifying alcohol as an amino acid ester are known as herpesvirus infection therapeutic agent herpesbaracyclovir, acetaminophen derivative (Patent Document 1) and the like as prodrugs obtained by glycosyl etherification of acetaminophen.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses prodrugs in which bumetanide is esterified or amidated, and these prodrugs are suggested to have an antiepileptic effect when administered to rats.
  • epilepsy treatment agents are commonly associated with central side effects such as sleepiness, dizziness, lightheadedness, headache, malaise, epilepsy hate, ataxia, speech disturbance or vomiting and are not necessarily At present, it is impossible to administer doses that show epileptic action.
  • Non-patent Document 3 Since the above-patent Document 3 has been suggested to have pharmacological activity against epilepsy, has a short plasma half-life of about 120 minutes and is known to hardly migrate into the brain where epilepsy develops. Therefore, it was necessary to administer a dose higher than the dose that can be safely used as a diuretic or to administer it frequently (Non-patent Document 3).
  • prodrugs esterified or amidated with bumetanide have been suggested to be effective in humans based on rat experiments.
  • the persistence of brain concentrations of bumetanide when these prodrugs are administered was low to exert a sufficient antiepileptic effect.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a medicament that exhibits high pharmacological action by being converted into bumetanide in the brain, which is the site of epilepsy, and has high transferability into the brain.
  • a novel sulfamoylbenzene derivative or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has a high ability to migrate into the brain and has a pharmacological activity to bumetanide. It was found that the concentration of bumetanide in the brain and the converted concentration of bumetanide persist, and the present invention was completed.
  • the present invention provides a sulfamoylbenzene derivative represented by the following general formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group selected from the following group A consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid, or a hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group at the 6-position is substituted with an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group.
  • X represents an oxygen atom or NH
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an ethyl group, when X is an oxygen atom
  • X is NH in some cases, represents a group wherein a hydrogen atom of a hydroxyl group is selected from the following group D consisting of partial structures of good sugar may be substituted with a methyl group
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom It does not represent a hydrogen atom or an ethyl group.
  • Group A (* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded.)
  • Group B (* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded.)
  • Group C (* Represents the bonding position with the oxygen atom to which R 2 is bonded.)
  • Group D (* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 2 is bonded.]
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom
  • X is an oxygen atom
  • R 2 is Or R 1 is And X is an oxygen atom and R 2 is a hydrogen atom or R 1 is X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is preferably an ethyl group.
  • bumetanide transferability in the brain and sustainability in the brain compared to when bumetanide itself is administered are further improved.
  • the present invention also provides a medicament comprising as an active ingredient a sulfamoylbenzene derivative represented by the above general formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • This medicament is preferably a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for epilepsy.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is converted to bumetanide having high pharmacological activity in the brain, and further, the brain concentration of the converted bumetanide is further converted.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative of the present invention is characterized by being represented by the following general formula (I).
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group selected from the following group A consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid, or a hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group at the 6-position is substituted with an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group.
  • X represents an oxygen atom or NH
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an ethyl group, when X is an oxygen atom
  • X is NH in some cases, represents a group wherein a hydrogen atom of a hydroxyl group is selected from the following group D consisting of partial structures of good sugar may be substituted with a methyl group
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom It does not represent a hydrogen atom or an ethyl group.
  • Group A (* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded.)
  • Group B (* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded.)
  • Group C (* Represents the bonding position with the oxygen atom to which R 2 is bonded.)
  • Group D (* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 2 is bonded.)
  • Amino acid means a compound having both an amino group and a carboxyl group in the same molecule, and examples thereof include ⁇ -amino acids such as glycine, valine, threonine or serine. When the molecule has an asymmetric carbon, each optical isomer and a mixture thereof are also included in the “amino acid”.
  • the “group consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid” means a free radical obtained by removing a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group from the molecule of the above “amino acid”.
  • One group selected from is mentioned.
  • “Sugar” means a monosaccharide having a chain structure or a cyclic structure, and examples thereof include monosaccharides such as glucopyranose, mannopyranose and galactopyranose, and deoxysugars such as 2-deoxyglucopyranose.
  • Monosaccharides include ⁇ and ⁇ isomers based on tautomerization of molecules, and D and L isomers based on asymmetric carbon in the molecule. , Each isomer and mixtures thereof.
  • the “group consisting of a sugar partial structure” means a free radical obtained by removing a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group from the above-mentioned “sugar” molecule.
  • One group selected from is mentioned.
  • the “group consisting of a sugar partial structure in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group may be substituted with a methyl group” means that the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group of the “group consisting of a sugar partial structure” is substituted with a methyl group Means a good group, for example One group selected from is mentioned.
  • the “group consisting of a sugar partial structure in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group at the 6-position may be substituted with an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group” means the hydroxyl group at the 6-position of the above “group consisting of a sugar partial structure” Means a group in which the hydrogen atom may be substituted with an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group.
  • One group selected from is mentioned.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom
  • X is an oxygen atom
  • R 2 is Or R 1 is Or X is an oxygen atom and R 2 is a hydrogen atom, or R 1 is X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is preferably an ethyl group.
  • Prodrug refers to a drug precursor and a substance that are converted into a compound having pharmacological activity (ie, a drug) by being converted enzymatically or non-enzymatically after reaching the living body or the site of action. In a broad sense, it also includes substances whose physical properties change in vivo to change stability, absorbability, distribution, or the like.
  • the “double prodrug” is a prodrug having two sites that undergo enzymatic or non-enzymatic conversion after reaching the living body or site of action.
  • Multiple prodrug refers to a prodrug having three sites that undergo enzymatic or non-enzymatic conversion after reaching the living body or site of action.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative represented by the general formula (I) may contain an asymmetric carbon atom depending on the type of the substituent. Can exist.
  • the present invention also includes each optical isomer and a mixture thereof.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) may form a salt and is included in the present invention as long as the salt is pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt include inorganic base salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt, calcium salt or magnesium salt, organic base salts such as tromethamine [tris (hydroxylmethyl) methylamine] salt, ethanolamine salt, Organic amine salts such as trimethylamine salt, triethylamine salt, tert-butylamine salt, ethanolamine salt, diethanolamine salt, triethanolamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt or N, N-dibenzylethylenediamine salt, arginine salt, lysine salt or ornithine salt, etc.
  • Basic amine salt or ammonia salt, or inorganic acid salt such as hydrochloride, sulfate, hydrobromide, hydroiodide or phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, Oxalate, citrate, glutarate, malic acid , Organic carboxylates such as tartrate, fumarate, mandelate, maleate, benzoate or phthalic acid, or methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfone And organic sulfonates such as acid salts and camphorsulfonate.
  • inorganic acid salt such as hydrochloride, sulfate, hydrobromide, hydroiodide or phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, Oxalate, citrate, glutarate, malic acid , Organic carboxylates such as tartrate, fumarate, mandelate, maleate, benzoate or phthalic acid
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof includes hydrates and solvates thereof and crystal polymorphs.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) can be produced by, for example, the following method or a method analogous thereto.
  • the starting materials and reagents used in this production are generally available or can be produced by known methods.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) and intermediates and starting materials used for the production thereof can be isolated and purified by known means.
  • Known means for isolation and purification include, for example, solvent extraction, recrystallization or chromatography.
  • each isomer can be obtained as a single compound by a known method.
  • Known methods include, for example, crystallization, enzyme resolution, or chiral chromatography.
  • R 1 is one group selected from the following group E consisting of an amino acid partial structure
  • X is an oxygen atom
  • R 2 is a hydrogen atom.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ia) is prepared by reacting the carboxyl group of bumetanide with paramethoxybenzyl chloride in the presence of a base (step 1-1), followed by a condensing agent.
  • the ester derivative (II) obtained in Step 1-1 is condensed with an amino acid derivative (R 3 —OH) in which the amino group is protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group (Step 1- 2) Subsequently, it can be produced by deprotection reaction (step 1-3) of the ester derivative (III) obtained in step 1-2 in the presence of an acid.
  • R 3 —OH represents an amino acid derivative in which an amino group is protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group
  • R 4 represents one group selected from the following group E consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid.
  • Group E (* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 4 is bonded.)
  • Bumetanide which is a starting material for the protection reaction, can be obtained by purchasing a commercially available product, or producing it by a known method (for example, US Pat. No. 3,806,534) or a method analogous thereto.
  • Examples of the base used for the protection reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, and cesium carbonate, aromatic amines such as pyridine and lutidine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and triethylamine.
  • Examples include tertiary organic amines such as butylamine, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpiperidone or N-methylmorpholine, or metal amides such as lithium diisopropylamide or lithium hexamethyldisilazide, but triethylamine or N, N-diisopropylethylamine is preferred.
  • the amount of the base used for the protection reaction is preferably 1 to 6 moles, more preferably 1 to 3 moles per mole of bumetanide.
  • the amount of paramethoxybenzyl chloride used for the protection reaction is preferably 1 to 6 mol per 1 mol of bumetanide.
  • the reaction solvent used for the protection reaction is usually appropriately selected from solvents that do not inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether
  • ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, and halogen solvents are preferable.
  • the concentration of bumetanide used for the protective reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the protective reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 80 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the protection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Step 1-2 Examples of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction include carbodiimide-based reagents such as N, N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (hereinafter referred to as DCC) or 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropylcarbodiimide (hereinafter referred to as EDCI), N , N′-carbodiimidazole, (benzotriazol-1-yloxy) tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate or (benzotriazol-1-yloxy) tris (dimethylamino) phosphonium hexafluorophosphate and other phosphonium salt reagents, Examples include 4- (4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -4-methylmorpholinium chloride or diphenylphosphoryl azide, with DCC being preferred.
  • DCC N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimi
  • the amount of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol, more preferably 1 to 3 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (II).
  • DMAP 4-amino-N, N-dimethyl-pyridine
  • the amount of the activator used in the condensation reaction is preferably 0.001 to 3 mol, more preferably 1 to 3 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (II).
  • R 3 —OH used for the condensation reaction can be obtained by purchasing a commercially available product or by producing it by a known method or a method analogous thereto.
  • the amount of R 3 —OH used for the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles, more preferably 1 to 3 moles per mole of ester derivative (II).
  • the reaction solvent used for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene
  • diethyl ether examples include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with dichloromethane being preferred.
  • the concentration of the ester derivative (II) used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 80 ° C.
  • the reaction time of the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours, more preferably 1 to 12 hours.
  • Examples of the acid used for the deprotection reaction include organic acids such as formic acid, trichloroacetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, or inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen chloride or hydrogen bromide. Trifluoroacetic acid is preferred.
  • the amount of the acid used for the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 300 mol, more preferably 1 to 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (III).
  • Examples of the additive used for the deprotection reaction include thiophenol and anisole, and anisole is preferable.
  • the amount of the additive used for the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.001 to 20 mol, more preferably 0.01 to 5 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (III).
  • the reaction solvent used for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane
  • ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N , N-dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, with dichloromethane being preferred.
  • the acid itself may be used as a reaction solvent.
  • the concentration of the ester derivative (III) used for the deprotection reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 100 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the deprotection reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 60 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • R 1 is one group selected from the following group F consisting of a sugar partial structure
  • X is an oxygen atom
  • R 2 is a hydrogen atom.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ib) is protected in the presence of a base in the presence of a base using benzyl chloride to protect the carboxyl group of bumetanide (step 2-1), followed by the presence of a Lewis acid.
  • Examples of the base used for the protection reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, and cesium carbonate, aromatic amines such as pyridine and lutidine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and triethylamine.
  • Examples include tertiary organic amines such as butylamine, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpiperidone or N-methylmorpholine, or metal amides such as lithium diisopropylamide or lithium hexamethyldisilazide. N-diisopropylethylamine is preferred.
  • the amount of the base used for the protection reaction is preferably 1 to 6 moles, more preferably 1 to 3 moles per mole of bumetanide.
  • the amount of benzyl chloride used for the protection reaction is preferably 1 to 6 mol per 1 mol of bumetanide.
  • the reaction solvent used for the protection reaction is usually appropriately selected from solvents that do not inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene
  • diethyl ether examples include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with N, N-dimethylformamide being preferred.
  • the concentration of bumetanide used for the protective reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the protective reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 80 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the protection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Lewis acids used in the glycosylation reaction include boron trifluoride ether complexes, halides such as tin (IV) tetrachloride or titanium (IV) tetrachloride, or ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate, trifluoromethane.
  • halides such as tin (IV) tetrachloride or titanium (IV) tetrachloride
  • ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate trifluoromethane.
  • the organic sulfonate include yttrium (III) sulfonate and trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, and boron trifluoride ether complex is preferable.
  • the amount of Lewis acid used in the glycosylation reaction is preferably 0.01 to 30 mol, more preferably 0.05 to 10 mol, per 1 mol of the ester derivative (IV).
  • R 5 -OAc used in the glycosylation reaction can be obtained by purchasing a commercially available product, or by producing it by a known method or a method analogous thereto.
  • the amount of R 5 —OAc used in the glycosylation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol, more preferably 1 to 2 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (IV).
  • the reaction solvent used for the glycosylation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, and the like.
  • Ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile are preferable, but acetonitrile is preferable.
  • the concentration of the ester derivative (IV) used for the glycosylation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 5 mol / L, more preferably 0.05 to 2 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the glycosylation reaction is preferably ⁇ 78 ° C. to 170 ° C., more preferably 15 to 120 ° C.
  • the reaction time of the glycosylation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the hydrogen pressure in the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100 atm, and more preferably 1 to 5 atm.
  • Examples of the metal catalyst used in the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction include platinum oxide, palladium hydroxide, and palladium-carbon, and palladium hydroxide or palladium-carbon is preferable.
  • the amount of the metal catalyst used in the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100% by weight, more preferably 5 to 20% by weight, based on the ester derivative (V).
  • the reaction solvent used for the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • an alcohol solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or an alcohol solvent and water, N, N-dimethyl
  • methanol is preferable.
  • the concentration of the ester derivative (V) used for the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 5 to 80 ° C, more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to conditions such as the reaction temperature, but is preferably 1 to 24 hours.
  • Examples of the base used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate, and potassium carbonate is preferable.
  • the amount of the base used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol, more preferably 1 to 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (V).
  • the reaction solvent used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • an alcohol solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or an alcohol solvent and water, N, N-dimethyl
  • methanol is preferable.
  • the reaction temperature for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the conditions such as the reaction temperature, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the hydrogenolysis reaction and solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction may be carried out continuously by a one-pot reaction. For example, after removing the compound obtained by the hydrogenolysis reaction, it is used for the solvolysis reaction. You may do it by the method.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom
  • X is an oxygen atom
  • R 2 is one group selected from the group C consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ic) is protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group in the presence of bumetanide, and the carboxyl group is a paramethoxybenzyl group.
  • It can be produced by a deprotection reaction (step 3-2) comprising a hydrogenolysis reaction of (VI) and a solvolysis reaction of the compound obtained by the hydrogenolysis reaction in the presence of an acid.
  • R 7 -OH represents an amino acid derivative in which an amino group is protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group and a carboxyl group is protected with a paramethoxybenzyl group or a tert-butyl group
  • R 8 represents an amino acid moiety. It represents one group selected from the group C consisting of the structure.
  • Step 3-1 Examples of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction include carbodiimide reagents such as DCC or EDCI, N, N′-carbodiimidazole, (benzotriazol-1-yloxy) tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or (benzotriazole- 1-yloxy) tris (dimethylamino) phosphonium phosphonium salt reagents such as hexafluorophosphate, 4- (4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -4-methylmorpholinium chloride Or, diphenylphosphoryl azide is exemplified, and EDCI is preferable.
  • carbodiimide reagents such as DCC or EDCI
  • N, N′-carbodiimidazole (benzotriazol-1-yloxy) tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or (benzotri
  • the amount of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of bumetanide.
  • the activator used in the condensation reaction is preferably DMAP or 1-hydroxybenzotriazole.
  • the amount of activator used in the condensation reaction is preferably 0.001 to 3 moles per mole of bumetanide.
  • R 7 —OH used for the condensation reaction can be obtained by purchasing a commercially available product or by producing it by a known method or a method analogous thereto.
  • the amount of R 7 —OH used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of bumetanide.
  • the reaction solvent used for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene
  • diethyl ether examples include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with N, N-dimethylformamide being preferred.
  • the concentration of bumetanide used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 60 ° C.
  • the reaction time of the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours, more preferably 1 to 12 hours.
  • the hydrogen pressure in the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100 atm, and more preferably 1 to 5 atm.
  • Examples of the metal catalyst used in the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction include platinum oxide, palladium hydroxide, and palladium-carbon, and palladium hydroxide or palladium-carbon is preferable.
  • the amount of the metal catalyst used in the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100% by weight, more preferably 5 to 20% by weight, based on the ester derivative (VI).
  • the reaction solvent used for the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • an alcohol solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or an alcohol solvent and water, N, N-dimethyl
  • methanol is preferable.
  • the concentration of the ester derivative (VI) used for the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 5 to 80 ° C, more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to conditions such as the reaction temperature, but is preferably 1 to 24 hours.
  • Examples of the acid used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction include organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, trichloroacetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, or hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen chloride or hydrogen bromide. Inorganic acids are mentioned, but trifluoroacetic acid is preferred.
  • the amount of acid used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol, more preferably 1 to 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (VI).
  • the reaction solvent used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is usually appropriately selected from solvents that do not inhibit the reaction. Examples include ether solvents, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with dichloromethane being preferred. Further, the acid itself may be used as a reaction solvent.
  • the reaction temperature for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.
  • the reaction time of the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the conditions such as the reaction temperature, but is preferably 1 to 24 hours.
  • the hydrogenolysis reaction and solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction may be carried out continuously by a one-pot reaction, or the compound obtained by the hydrogenolysis reaction is once taken out and then used in the solvolysis reaction. You can go.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom
  • X is NH
  • R 2 is a sugar partial structure in which a hydrogen atom of a hydroxyl group may be substituted with a methyl group.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Id) which is one group selected from the group D is, for example, as shown in Scheme 4, in the presence of a condensing agent and an activator, one of the hydroxyl groups of bumetanide is an amino group. It can be produced by a condensation reaction with a sugar derivative (R 9 -NH 2 ) substituted with (Step 4-1).
  • R 9 —NH 2 represents a sugar derivative in which one of the hydroxyl groups is substituted with an amino group
  • R 9 consists of a sugar partial structure in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group may be substituted with a methyl group. 1 group selected from the said D group is represented.
  • Step 4-1 Examples of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction include carbodiimide reagents such as DCC or EDCI, N, N′-carbodiimidazole, (benzotriazol-1-yloxy) tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or (benzotriazole- 1-yloxy) tris (dimethylamino) phosphonium phosphonium salt reagents such as hexafluorophosphate, 4- (4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -4-methylmorpholinium chloride Or diphenyl phosphoryl azide is mentioned, but EDCI is preferable.
  • carbodiimide reagents such as DCC or EDCI
  • N, N′-carbodiimidazole (benzotriazol-1-yloxy) tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate
  • the amount of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of bumetanide.
  • the activator used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1-hydroxybenzotriazole.
  • the amount of activator used in the condensation reaction is preferably 0.001 to 3 moles per mole of bumetanide.
  • R 9 —NH 2 used for the condensation reaction may be purchased commercially or by a known method (eg, Pedersen et al., European Journal of Chemistry, 2011, Vol. 17, p. 7080-7086, or Ahuja). Et al., 2007, Vol. 72, p. 3430-3442) or a method based thereon.
  • the amount of R 9 —NH 2 used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of bumetanide.
  • the reaction solvent used for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene
  • diethyl ether examples include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with N, N-dimethylformamide being preferred.
  • the concentration of bumetanide used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 80 ° C.
  • the reaction time of the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours, more preferably 1 to 12 hours.
  • R 1 is one group selected from the group F consisting of a sugar partial structure
  • X is an oxygen atom
  • R 2 is an ethyl group, butyl
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ie), which is a hexyl group, hexyl group or benzyl group, for example, as shown in Scheme 5, is a condensation reaction of bumetanide with an alcohol (R 10 —OH) in the presence of an acid (step 5- 1) Subsequently, in the presence of a Lewis acid, the ester derivative (VII) obtained in Step 5-1 or the sugar derivative (all R 5- above) in which all the hydroxyl groups of the ester body (IV) are protected with an acetyl group.
  • step 5-2 Glycosylation with OAc) (step 5-2), followed by deprotection reaction (step 5-3) of the ester derivative (VIII) obtained in step 5-2 in the presence of a base.
  • R 10 —OH represents an alcohol
  • R 10 represents an ethyl group, a butyl group or a hexyl group
  • R 11 represents an ethyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group or a benzyl group
  • R 5 — OAc and R 6 are as defined above.
  • Step 5-1 Examples of the acid used in the condensation reaction include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid, with sulfuric acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid being preferred.
  • the amount of acid used in the condensation reaction is preferably 0.001 to 20 mol, more preferably 0.01 to 5 mol, per mol of bumetanide.
  • the amount of R 10 —OH used for the condensation reaction is preferably such that the concentration of bumetanide used for the condensation reaction is 0.01 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.1 to 1 mol / L. .
  • the reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably 50 to 150 ° C, more preferably 70 to 100 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Lewis acids used in the glycosylation reaction include boron trifluoride ether complexes, halides such as tin (IV) tetrachloride or titanium (IV) tetrachloride, or ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate, trifluoromethane.
  • organic sulfonate include yttrium (III) sulfonate and trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, and boron trifluoride ether complex is preferable.
  • the amount of Lewis acid used in the glycosylation reaction is preferably 0.01 to 30 mol, more preferably 0.05 to 10 mol, per 1 mol of the ester (IV) or ester derivative derivative (VII).
  • the amount of R 5 -OAc used in the glycosylation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol, more preferably 1 to 2 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester (IV) or ester derivative derivative (VII).
  • the reaction solvent used for the glycosylation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, and the like.
  • Ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile are preferable, but acetonitrile is preferable.
  • the concentration at the start of the reaction of the ester (IV) or ester derivative derivative (VII) used for the glycosylation reaction is preferably 0.01 to 5 mol / L, more preferably 0.05 to 2 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the glycosylation reaction is preferably ⁇ 78 ° C. to 170 ° C., more preferably 15 to 120 ° C.
  • the reaction time of the glycosylation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Examples of the base used in the deprotection reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate, and potassium carbonate is preferred.
  • the amount of the base used for the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol, more preferably 1 to 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (VIII).
  • the reaction solvent used for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • an alcohol solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or an alcohol solvent and water, N, N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, or the like.
  • methanol is preferable.
  • the concentration of the ester derivative (VIII) used for the deprotection reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature for the deprotection reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • R 1 is one group selected from the group F consisting of a sugar partial structure
  • X is an oxygen atom
  • R 2 is cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethyl.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (If) which is a group, an isobutyryloxymethyl group or a pivaloyloxymethyl group is, for example, as shown in Scheme 6 in the presence of a base in the presence of a base.
  • a condensation reaction with chloromethylalkylcarboxylate (R 12 -Cl) step 6-1).
  • R 12 -Cl represents a chloromethylalkylcarboxylate
  • R 12 represents a cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethyl group, an isobutyryloxymethyl group or a pivaloyloxymethyl group
  • R 6 represents the above definition. It is synonymous with.
  • Examples of the base used for the condensation reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, or cesium carbonate, and potassium carbonate is preferable.
  • the amount of the base used for the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (1b).
  • the amount of R 12 -Cl used for the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (1b).
  • the reaction solvent used for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene
  • diethyl ether examples include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with N, N-dimethylformamide being preferred.
  • the concentration of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (1b) used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 70 ° C.
  • the reaction time of the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 1 to 24 hours.
  • R 1 is one selected from the following G group consisting of a sugar partial structure in which the hydrogen atom of the 6-position hydroxyl group is substituted with an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group
  • a sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ig) in which X is an oxygen atom and R 2 is a hydrogen atom for example, a sodium alkoxide prepared from metallic sodium and benzyl alcohol as shown in Scheme 7
  • R 13 -Cl represents an acid chloride
  • R 13 represents an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group
  • R 14 represents an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group in which the hydrogen atom of the 6-position hydroxyl group is It represents one group selected from the following group G consisting of a sugar partial structure substituted with a group, and R 5 and R 6 have the same definitions as above.
  • Group G (* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 14 is bonded.)
  • the amount of sodium alkoxide prepared from metallic sodium and benzyl alcohol used for the deprotection reaction is preferably such that the concentration of the ester derivative (V) used for the deprotection reaction is 0.01 to 10 mol / L at the start of the reaction. An amount of 0.1-1 mol / L is more preferable.
  • the reaction temperature for the deprotection reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Examples of the base used in the condensation reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate, aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine or 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine. , Tertiary organic amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpiperidone or N-methylmorpholine, or metal amides such as lithium diisopropylamide or lithium hexamethyldisilazide Among them, pyridine, lutidine or 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine is preferable.
  • basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate
  • aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine or 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine.
  • Tertiary organic amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine,
  • the amount of the base used for the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of the alcohol derivative (IX).
  • R 13 -Cl used for the condensation reaction can be obtained by purchasing a commercially available product or by producing it by a known method or a method analogous thereto.
  • the amount of R 13 —Cl used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of the alcohol derivative (IX).
  • the reaction solvent used in the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene
  • diethyl examples include ether solvents such as ether, tetrahydrofuran, and dioxane, with dichloromethane being preferred.
  • the concentration of the alcohol derivative (IX) used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the hydrogen pressure for the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100 atm, and more preferably 1 to 5 atm.
  • metal catalyst used in the deprotection reaction examples include platinum oxide, palladium hydroxide, and palladium-carbon, with palladium hydroxide or palladium-carbon being preferred.
  • the amount of the metal catalyst used in the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100% by weight, more preferably 5 to 20% by weight, based on the ester derivative (X).
  • the reaction solvent used for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • an alcohol solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or an alcohol solvent and water, N, N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, or the like.
  • methanol is preferable.
  • the concentration of the ester derivative (X) used for the deprotection reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the deprotection reaction is preferably 5 to 80 ° C, more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.
  • the reaction time of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 1 to 24 hours.
  • R 1 is a group consisting of a sugar partial structure in which the hydrogen atom of the 6-position hydroxyl group is substituted with an acetyl group
  • X is an oxygen atom
  • R 2 is Sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ih), which is an ethyl group, butyl group, hexyl group or benzyl group, for example, as shown in Scheme 8, condensation reaction of alcohol derivative (XI) with acetyl chloride in the presence of a base It can be manufactured by (Step 8-1).
  • R 11 has the same definition as above. ]
  • Examples of the base used in the condensation reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate, aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine or 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine. , Tertiary organic amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpiperidone or N-methylmorpholine, or metal amides such as lithium diisopropylamide or lithium hexamethyldisilazide Among them, pyridine, lutidine or 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine is preferable.
  • basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate
  • aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine or 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine.
  • Tertiary organic amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine,
  • the amount of the base used for the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of the alcohol derivative (XI).
  • the amount of acetyl chloride used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of alcohol derivative (XI).
  • the reaction solvent used in the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene
  • diethyl examples include ether solvents such as ether, tetrahydrofuran, and dioxane, with dichloromethane being preferred.
  • the concentration of the alcohol derivative (XI) used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • R 1 is one group selected from the following group H consisting of an amino acid partial structure
  • X is an oxygen atom
  • R 2 is an ethyl group.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ii) can be amidated by reacting the ester derivative (VII) with a succinic anhydride derivative (XII) in the presence of a base (Step 9-1).
  • Step 9-1 the ester derivative obtained in Step 9-1 in the presence of an acid
  • R 15 represents an amino acid derivative in which an amino group is protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group
  • R 16 represents one group selected from the following group H consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid.
  • Group H (* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 16 is bonded.)
  • Examples of the base used in the amidation reaction include inorganic substances such as lithium hydride, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and potassium fluoride. Although a base is mentioned, sodium hydride is preferable.
  • the amount of the base used for the amidation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of the ester derivative (VII).
  • the succinic anhydride derivative (XII) used for the amidation reaction can be obtained by producing L-aspartic acid as a starting material by a known method or a method analogous thereto.
  • the amount of the succinic anhydride derivative (XII) used for the amidation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of the ester derivative (VII).
  • the reaction solvent used for the amidation reaction is usually appropriately selected from solvents that do not inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, and the like.
  • An ether solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, or acetonitrile is preferable, and N, N-dimethylformamide is preferable.
  • the concentration of the ester derivative (VII) used for the amidation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the amidation reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 60 ° C.
  • the reaction time of the amidation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • Examples of the acid used for the deprotection reaction include organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, and trifluoroacetic acid, and inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen chloride, and hydrogen bromide.
  • organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, and trifluoroacetic acid
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen chloride, and hydrogen bromide.
  • trifluoroacetic acid is preferred.
  • the amount of the acid used for the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.01 to 20 mol with respect to 1 mol of the amide derivative (XIII).
  • the reaction solvent used for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane
  • ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N , N-dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, with dichloromethane being preferred.
  • the acid itself may be used as a reaction solvent.
  • the concentration of the amide derivative (XIII) used for the deprotection reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 100 mol / L.
  • the reaction temperature of the deprotection reaction is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 60 ° C.
  • the reaction time for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the medicament of the present invention and the therapeutic and prophylactic agent for epilepsy are characterized by containing a sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is converted into bumetanide having high translocation into the brain and having pharmacological activity, and further, the brain of the converted bumetanide. Since the medium concentration persists, it can be used in medicine as a prodrug of bumetanide.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a prodrug of bumetanide obtained by chemically modifying the carboxyl group, amino group, or both groups (carboxyl group and amino group) of bumetanide. .
  • a prodrug having two sites that are converted enzymatically or non-enzymatically after reaching the living body or the site of action is called a double prodrug of bumetanide, and a prodrug having three sites to be converted Is called the triple prodrug of bumetanide.
  • Examples of double prodrugs of bumetanide include prodrugs in which both the carboxyl group and amino group of bumetanide are chemically modified, and prodrugs that have been chemically modified so that the amino group of bumetanide undergoes transformation in two steps.
  • Examples of triple prodrugs of bumetanide include prodrugs that are chemically modified so that the amino group of bumetanide undergoes transformation in two steps in addition to the chemical modification of the carboxyl group of bumetanide.
  • Examples of the double prodrug of bumetanide include the compounds of Examples 14 to 24 and 26.
  • Examples of the triple prodrug of bumetanide include the compounds of Examples 25, 27 and 28. The compounds of Examples 14-28 are finally converted to bumetanide, which is the active body (drug).
  • Bumetanide inhibits NKCC1 and NKCC2, which are involved in transcellular ion transport that takes sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), or chloride ion (Cl ⁇ ) into the cell, and the cell volume regulation mechanism that accompanies these transports
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has excellent ability to migrate into the brain and sustain the concentration of bumetanide in the brain after conversion. Therefore, the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used as a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for diseases involving NKCC1 and NKCC2 in the center.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for epilepsy.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is brain or head trauma, encephalitis, hypoxia or trauma at birth, stroke (cerebral hemorrhage or cerebral infarction), brain tumor, brain It can be used as a therapeutic and prophylactic agent for epilepsy caused by vascular disorders, brain infections, brain development abnormalities, high fever, alcohol abuse, drug abuse.
  • the therapeutic effect and preventive effect on epilepsy of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be measured, for example, using a method described in Patent Document 2 or Non-Patent Document 3 at a predetermined time. A decrease in epileptic seizures in rats can be confirmed as an index.
  • bumetanide converted from the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof In order to maintain the antiepileptic action of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, bumetanide converted from the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, it is important to remain in the brain for a long time and inhibit NKCC1. Therefore, the antiepileptic action of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is maintained, for example, when the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a rat.
  • sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof rise and persistence in the brain concentration of bumetanide converted from the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the brain concentration / plasma concentration of the converted bumetanide This can be confirmed by evaluating the percentage (%). Further, for example, sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to cynomolgus monkey, and bumetanide converted from sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof It can be confirmed by evaluating the rise and persistence of cerebrospinal fluid concentration, and the percentage of cerebrospinal fluid concentration / plasma concentration of converted bumetanide.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has excellent ability to migrate into the brain and the percentage of the converted bumetanide in the brain / plasma concentration is high,
  • the diuretic effect of bumetanide inhibiting NKCC2 present in the ascending limb of kidney henle is reduced, and it can be preferably used as a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for epilepsy.
  • the brain translocation of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof uses, for example, a BBB kit (Pharmacocell Co., Ltd.) marketed as a blood brain barrier remodeling model as a simple method. Can be predicted.
  • BBB kit is composed of three types of cells: brain capillary endothelial cells, pericytes (perisite) and astrocytes (astrocytes), which are constituent cells of the blood-brain barrier. These physiological BBB characteristics are maintained.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is used by oral administration, it is also important that oral absorbability is excellent in order to enhance brain migration.
  • the oral absorbability of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be predicted, for example, by using Caco-2 cell monolayer culture as a simple method.
  • Caco-2 cells are cells isolated from human colon malignancies and form a monolayer when cultured on a filter. On the surface of the monolayer, there are brush borders with microvillous processes, and there are cohesive bands between cells, which have the same morphology as epithelial cells of the small intestine.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is used as a medicine, it can be used as it is or as a pharmaceutical composition in an appropriate dosage form as a mammal (eg, mouse, rat, hamster, Rabbit, dog, monkey, cow, sheep or human).
  • a mammal eg, mouse, rat, hamster, Rabbit, dog, monkey, cow, sheep or human.
  • the above medicaments are usually prepared using one or more of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutical carrier, excipient or other additive usually used for formulation. It can be prepared according to the method. Administration is oral by tablet, pill, capsule, granule, powder or liquid, or parenteral administration by injection or suppository such as intravenous or intramuscular injection, nasal, transmucosal or transdermal. Either form may be sufficient.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a double prodrug or triple prodrug, it is preferably used as an orally-administered drug because of its particularly excellent oral absorbability.
  • one or more sulfamoylbenzene derivatives (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is at least one inert diluent (eg lactose, mannitol, glucose, Hydroxypropylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or magnesium aluminate metasilicate).
  • inert diluent eg lactose, mannitol, glucose, Hydroxypropylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or magnesium aluminate metasilicate.
  • the composition contains additives other than inert diluents (for example, lubricants such as magnesium stearate, disintegrating agents such as calcium calcium glycolate, stabilizers or solubilizers) according to a conventional method. It may be. Tablets or pills may be coated with sugar coating such as sucrose, gelatin, hydroxypropylcellulose or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, or a gastric or enteric film, if necessary.
  • inert diluents for example, lubricants such as magnesium stearate, disintegrating agents such as calcium calcium glycolate, stabilizers or solubilizers
  • Tablets or pills may be coated with sugar coating such as sucrose, gelatin, hydroxypropylcellulose or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, or a gastric or enteric film, if necessary.
  • Liquid compositions for oral administration of the above pharmaceuticals include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups or elixirs, and generally used inert diluents (for example, it may contain purified water or ethanol).
  • the composition may contain an adjuvant such as a wetting agent or a suspending agent, a sweetening agent, a flavoring agent, a fragrance, or a preservative.
  • the above-mentioned injection for parenteral administration of a medicine may contain a sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solution, suspension or emulsion.
  • aqueous solution or suspension include distilled water for injection or physiological saline.
  • non-aqueous solution or suspension include vegetable oils such as propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol or olive oil, alcohols such as ethanol, or polysorbate 80 (Pharmacopoeia name).
  • Such a composition may further contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifiers, dispersants, stabilizers or solubilizers.
  • the injection can be sterilized in the course of manufacture, for example, by filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by adding a germicide or irradiation. Moreover, the said injection is manufactured as a sterilized solid composition, and can also be melt
  • the above medicament preferably contains 0.001 to 99% by weight, more preferably 0.01 to 99% by weight, of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the effective dosage and frequency of administration of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof varies depending on the dosage form, the age, weight of the patient, or the nature or severity of the condition to be treated.
  • the daily dose is usually about 0.0001 to 100 mg / kg per body weight, preferably about 0.001 to 10 mg / kg, once a day or divided into multiple doses.
  • the daily dose is usually about 0.01 to 1000 mg / kg, preferably 0.1 to 100 mg / kg per body weight once or several times a day. Can be administered separately.
  • the above medicines may be administered alone, but may be combined with other drugs or used in combination with other drugs in order to supplement or enhance the preventive or therapeutic effect of the disease or reduce the dose. Can also be used.
  • combined drugs examples include, for example, preventive or therapeutic agents for epilepsy.
  • the administration time of the above medicine and the concomitant drug is not particularly limited, and these may be administered simultaneously to the administration subject, with a time difference. May be administered.
  • the dose of the concomitant drug can be appropriately selected based on the clinically used dose.
  • the compounding ratio of the above medicine and the concomitant drug can be appropriately selected depending on the administration subject, administration route, target disease, symptom, combination of the above medicine and concomitant drug, and the like.
  • the concomitant drug may be used at a compounding ratio of 0.01 to 99.99 with respect to the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • epilepsy therapeutic or prophylactic agent used in combination with the above-mentioned medicine examples include phenobarbital, primidone, metalbital, ethoin, phenytoin, ethosuximide, acetazolamide, sultiam, zonisamide, clonazepam, diazepam, nitrazepam, midazolam, clobazam, valproic acid Sodium, carbamazepine, gabapentin, topiramate or lamotrigine levetiracetam.
  • the 600 MHz NMR spectrum was measured using an apparatus manufactured by Bruker BioSpin Corporation.
  • the chemical shift is represented by ⁇ (unit: ppm) based on tetramethylsilane, and the signals are represented by s (single line), d (double line), t (triple line), and br (wide), respectively.
  • the ESI-MS spectrum was measured using a quadrupole LC / MS system manufactured by Agilent Technologies.
  • the compound was purified by column chromatography, and silica gel was used unless otherwise specified.
  • Daisogel (trademark registration; 250 ⁇ 20 mm, C18, 10 ⁇ m) was used as the column when the compound was purified by HPLC fractionation.
  • Example 1 Synthesis of 3- (N- (2-aminoacetyl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino) -4-phenoxybenzoic acid (hereinafter, the compound of Example 1): [Step 1] Synthesis of 4-methoxybenzyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoate (hereinafter, the compound of Reference Example 1): At room temperature, a solution of bumetanide (1.28 g, 3.5 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added to triethylamine (0.488 mL, 3.5 mmol), paramethoxybenzyl chloride (0.71 g, 4.55 mmol).
  • Step 2 Synthesis of the compound of Example 1: At room temperature, DCC (0.412 g, 2 mmol) was added to a solution of the compound of Reference Example 1 (0.485 g, 1 mmol) and N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) glycine (0.263 g, 1.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL). , DMAP (0.012 g, 0.1 mmol) was sequentially added and stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated.
  • Example 2 Synthesis of (S) -3- (N- (2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino) -4-phenoxybenzoic acid (hereinafter, the compound of Example 2): Using the compound of Reference Example 1 and N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) valine, the compound of Example 2 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 1.
  • Example 3 3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- Yl) sulfamoyl) benzoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 3):
  • [Step 1] Synthesis of benzyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoate (hereinafter, the compound of Reference Example 2): Triethylamine (0.11 g, 1.1 mmol) and benzyl chloride (0.139 g, 1.1 mmol) were sequentially added to a solution of bumetanide (0.364 g, 1 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) at room temperature, Stir at 70 ° C.
  • Step 2 Synthesis of the compound of Example 3: To a solution of the compound of Reference Example 2 (0.454 g, 1 mmol) and 1,2,3,4,6-penta-O-acetyl-D-glucopyranose (0.390 g, 1 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) at room temperature. , Boron trifluoride ether complex (0.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, cold water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated.
  • Example 4 3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5R, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- Yl) sulfamoyl) benzoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 4):
  • the compound of Example 4 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 3 using the compound of Reference Example 2 and 1,2,3,4,6-penta-O-acetyl-D-galactopyranose.
  • Example 5 3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3S, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- Yl) sulfamoyl) benzoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 5):
  • the compound of Example 5 was synthesized by the same procedure as in Example 3 using the compound of Reference Example 2 and 1,2,3,4,6-penta-O-acetyl-D-mannopyranose.
  • Example 6 3- (Butylamino) -5- (N-((4R, 5S, 6R) -4,5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) -4-phenoxybenzoic acid Synthesis of acid (hereinafter, compound of Example 6): The compound of Example 6 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 3 using the compound of Reference Example 2 and 1,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose.
  • Example 7 3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoyl-N-(((2R, 3S, 4S, 5S) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl ) Synthesis of methyl) benzamide (hereinafter the compound of Example 7): To a solution of bumetanide (0.364 g, 1 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), EDCI (0.230 g, 1.2 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.162 g, 1.2 mmol) were sequentially added. Stir at 0 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • Example 8 3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoyl-N-((3R, 4R, 5S, 6R) -2,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3 Synthesis of -yl) benzamide (hereinafter the compound of Example 8): The compound of Example 8 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 7 using bumetanide and 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose.
  • Example 9 3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoyl-N-(((2R, 3S, 4S, 5R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl ) Synthesis of methyl) benzamide (hereinafter the compound of Example 9): The compound of Example 9 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 7 using bumetanide and methyl-6-amino-6-deoxy-D-glucopyranoside.
  • Example 10 3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoyl-N-(((2R, 3R, 4S, 5R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl ) Synthesis of methyl) benzamide (hereinafter the compound of Example 10): The compound of Example 10 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 7 using bumetanide and methyl-6-amino-6-deoxy-D-galactopyranoside.
  • Example 11 3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoyl-N-((3R, 4S, 5R, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 -Il) Synthesis of benzamide (hereinafter the compound of Example 11): The compound of Example 11 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 7 using bumetanide and 1-amino-1-deoxy-D-galactopyranoside.
  • Example 12 Synthesis of (2S, 3S) -2-amino-3-((3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoyl) oxy) butanoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 12):
  • [Step 1] Synthesis of N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) threonine-4-methoxybenzyl ester (hereinafter referred to as compound of Reference Example 3) To a solution of N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) threonine (1.66 g, 7.57 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (15 mL) at room temperature, potassium carbonate (1.14 g, 8.3 mmol), paramethoxybenzyl chloride.
  • Step 2 Synthesis of the compound of Example 12: EDCI (0.202 g, 1.05 mmol) and DMAP (0.256 g, 2.1 mmol) were sequentially added to a solution of bumetanide (0.383 g, 1.05 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) at room temperature. And stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture, a solution of the compound of Reference Example 3 (0.326 g, 0.96 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.142 g, 1.05 mmol) were successively added at room temperature. Stir overnight.
  • Example 13 Synthesis of (S) -2-amino-3-((3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoyl) oxy) propanoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 13):
  • the compound of Example 13 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 12 using bumetanide and N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) serine-4-methoxybenzyl ester.
  • Step 3 Synthesis of the compound of Example 14: To a solution of the compound of Comparative Example 4 (0.072 g, 0.1 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was added potassium carbonate (0.069 g, 0.5 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Fractionated by HPLC (column: Daiso Gel (registered trademark), 250 ⁇ 20 mm, C18, 10 ⁇ m; eluent: 75% methanol, 25% distilled water, 0.1 v% formic acid; flow rate: 20 mL / min, room temperature) 0.048 g (87%) of the compound of Example 14 was obtained.
  • HPLC column: Daiso Gel (registered trademark)
  • Example 15 Ethyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3S, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 Synthesis of -yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (compound of Example 15 hereinafter): Procedures similar to those in Example 14 using the compound of Reference Example 4 and (3S, 4S, 5R, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,3,4,5-tetrayl tetraacetate Thus, the compound of Example 15 was synthesized.
  • Example 16 Ethyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5R, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 Synthesis of -yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (compound of Example 16 hereinafter): Procedures similar to those of Example 14 using the compound of Reference Example 4 and (3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,3,4,5-tetrayl tetraacetate Thus, the compound of Example 16 was synthesized.
  • Example 17 Synthesis of (S) -2-amino-4- (3- (butylamino) -5- (ethoxycarbonyl) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamido) -4-oxobutanoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 17): [Step 1] Synthesis of (S) -tert-butyl (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl) -carbamate (hereinafter referred to as compound of Reference Example 6): DCC (0.618 g, 3 mmol) was added to a solution of (S) -2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl) amino) succinic acid (0.699 g, 3 mmol) in ethyl acetate (10 mL) at 0 ° C. for 1 hour. Stir. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to obtain 0.600 g (93
  • Step 2 Synthesis of the compound of Example 17: Sodium hydride (40 mg, 1 mmol, 60% oil dispersion) was added to a solution of the compound of Reference Example 4 (0.392 g, 1 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours. did. The compound of Reference Example 6 (0.215 g, 1 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred overnight. Water (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated.
  • Example 18 Synthesis of (S) -3-amino-4- (3- (butylamino) -5- (ethoxycarbonyl) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamido) -4-oxobutanoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 18):
  • the compound of Example 18 was synthesized according to the same procedure as Example 17. When fractionated by HPLC, it separated from the compound of Example 17 to obtain 0.200 g (33%) of the compound of Example 18.
  • Example 19 ((Cyclohexanecarbonyl) oxy) methyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) Synthesis of tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (hereinafter the compound of Example 19): To a solution of the compound of Example 3 (0.053 g, 0.1 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added potassium carbonate (0.028 g, 0.2 mmol), potassium iodide (0.033 g, 0.2 mmol).
  • Example 20 (Pivaloyloxy) methyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H- Synthesis of pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (hereinafter the compound of Example 20):
  • the compound of Example 20 was synthesized by the same procedure as in Example 19 using the compound of Example 3 and chloromethyl pivalate.
  • Example 21 (Isobutyryloxy) methyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro Synthesis of -2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (hereinafter the compound of Example 21):
  • the compound of Example 21 was synthesized by the same procedure as in Example 19 using the compound of Example 3 and chloromethyl isobutyrate.
  • Example 22 3- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) -3,4,5-trihydroxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino) Synthesis of -4-phenoxybenzoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 22): [Step 1] Benzyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 Synthesis of -yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (hereinafter the compound of Reference Example 5): (2R, 3R, 4S, 5R) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6- (5-((benzyloxy) carbonyl) -3- (butylamino) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamide
  • Step 2 Synthesis of the compound of Example 22: At ⁇ 30 ° C., a solution of the compound of Reference Example 5 (0.123 g, 0.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added to 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine (0.086 g, 0.8 mmol), acetyl chloride (0. 019 g, 0.24 mmol) was added sequentially, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Ethyl acetate (15 mL) was added to the reaction mixture for dilution, and the organic layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated.
  • Example 23 3- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -6-((benzoyloxy) methyl) -3,4,5-trihydroxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) -5- ( Synthesis of Butylamino) -4-phenoxybenzoic acid (hereinafter referred to as the compound of Example 23):
  • the compound of Example 23 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 22 using the compound of Reference Example 5 and benzoyl chloride.
  • Example 24 3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-((pivaloyloxy) methyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran- Synthesis of 2-yl) sulfamoyl) benzoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 24):
  • the compound of Example 24 was synthesized by the same procedure as in Example 22 using the compound of Reference Example 5 and pivaloyl chloride.
  • Example 25 Benzyl 3- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) -3,4,5-trihydroxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino ) Synthesis of 4-phenoxybenzoate (hereinafter, the compound of Example 25): [Step 1] (2R, 3R, 4S, 5R) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6- (5-((benzyloxy) carbonyl) -3- (butylamino) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran- Synthesis of 3,4,5-triyl triacetate (hereinafter, compound of Reference Example 7): Under 90 ° C., the compound of Reference Example 2 (0.454 g, 1.0 mmol) and 1,2,3,4,6-penta-O-acetyl-D-glucopyranose (
  • Step 3 Synthesis of the compound of Example 26: Metallic sodium (0.020 g) was slowly added to a solution of the compound of Reference Example 10 (0.0745 g, 0.099 mmol) in butanol (0.18 mL) under an argon atmosphere at 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. . A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated.
  • Example 27 Butyl 3- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) -3,4,5-trihydroxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino ) Synthesis of 4-phenoxybenzoate (compound of Example 27): The compound of Example 27 was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 22 using the compound of Example 26 and acetyl chloride.
  • Example 29 Pharmacokinetics in rats of sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: After the oral administration of the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 and the compounds of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 to male rats, the plasma concentration and brain concentration of converted bumetanide were measured. Comparison was made with plasma and brain concentrations.
  • Rcc Han Wistar male rats (Nippon Medical and Animal Research Laboratories) were allowed to freely ingest solid feed (Oriental Yeast Co., Ltd.) and tap water before compound administration. Used after fasting for about 16 hours. Feeding was resumed after about 4 hours had elapsed after administration.
  • the compounds of Examples 1 to 13, the compounds of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 and bumetanide were each orally administered to a rat at a dose of 20 ⁇ mol / kg.
  • the administration solutions of the compounds of Examples 1 to 13, the compounds of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 and bumetanide were prepared by dissolving or suspending in 0.5% methylcellulose aqueous solution, respectively. Oral administration of the administration solution was forcibly performed into the stomach at a volume of 5 mL / kg using a syringe equipped with an oral sonde without anesthesia.
  • blood was collected from rat jugular vein or heart under isoflurane light anesthesia.
  • Each compound was administered to 6 rats, of which 3 were collected at 30 minutes and 1 hour after oral administration, and the remaining 3 were collected at 2 and 6 hours after oral administration.
  • Blood was collected.
  • brains were collected from rats that had finished blood collection for 1 and 6 hours after oral administration.
  • blank blood and brain were collected from rats not receiving the compound.
  • the collected blood was centrifuged at 4 ° C. and 15000 rpm for 10 minutes (Hitachi Koki CT15RE) to separate plasma, and the obtained plasma was stored at ⁇ 20 ° C. until the preparation of the sample for analysis.
  • the collected brain is added with distilled water twice as much as the brain weight to grind the tissue until it becomes uniform (Biomedical Science, Inc., Shake Master Neo), and the obtained brain homogenized solution is used when preparing the sample for analysis.
  • the plasma and brain homogenized solution obtained from the rat administered with the compound are referred to as the rat plasma sample and the rat brain sample, respectively, and the plasma and brain homogenized solution obtained from the rat not administered with the compound are respectively referred to as the blank plasma. This is called a blank brain.
  • a rat plasma sample or rat plasma sample diluted appropriately with blank plasma 50 ⁇ L of an internal standard solution and 120 ⁇ L of methanol were added, stirred, and then cooled at 4 ° C. for 10 minutes.
  • 20 ⁇ L of an internal standard solution and 120 ⁇ L of acetonitrile or methanol / acetonitrile 1/1 (V / V) were added to 50 ⁇ L of a rat brain sample or a rat plasma sample appropriately diluted with a blank brain, and then stirred. Cool at 10 ° C. for 10 minutes.
  • a calibration curve sample was prepared by treating a blank plasma and a blank brain to which a standard curve standard solution was added in the same manner.
  • the obtained analytical sample was subjected to LC / MS / MS analysis.
  • the analysis was performed under the conditions shown in Table 2 or 3 or a method according thereto.
  • the percentage of brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) of bumetanide (converted bumetanide when administered with the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4) (%) was calculated.
  • the percentage (%) of brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) the mean value of brain concentration and plasma at each time point of blood collection and brain collection for each compound The average value of medium concentration was used.
  • Tables 4 and 5 show the results when bumetanide was orally administered (20 ⁇ mol / kg) to rats.
  • Table 4 shows the plasma concentration (nmol / L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) of bumetanide at each time (each time point) after bumetanide administration, and FIG. 1 shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration in the vertical axis.
  • Table 5 shows the percentage (%) of bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of bumetanide.
  • Table 6 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 1 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 1 (nmol / m) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 1 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • L and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue)
  • Table 7 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 1.
  • Table 8 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 2 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 2 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 2 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • Table 9 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 2.
  • Table 10 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 3 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 3 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 3 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • Table 11 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 3.
  • Table 12 shows the plasma concentration (nmol / mg) of the compound of Example 4 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 4 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 4 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • Table 13 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 4.
  • Table 14 shows the plasma concentration (nmol / mg) of the compound of Example 5 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 5 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 5 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • Table 15 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 5.
  • Table 16 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 6 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 6 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 6 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • Table 17 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 6.
  • Table 18 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 7 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 7 (nmol / m) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 7 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • Table 19 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 7.
  • the percentage (%) of the converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) at 1 and 6 hours after administration is the plasma concentration at 1 and 6 hours after administration. Since it was 0 nmol / L, calculation was impossible.
  • Table 20 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 8 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 8 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 8 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • Table 21 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 8.
  • Table 23 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 9. The percentage (%) of the converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 6 hours after administration was such that the plasma concentration 6 hours after administration was 0 nmol / L. Therefore, calculation was impossible.
  • Table 24 shows the plasma concentration (nmol / mg) of the compound of Example 10 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 10 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 10 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • Table 25 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 10.
  • the percentage (%) of the converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration is the plasma concentration 1 and 6 hours after administration. Since it was 0 nmol / L, calculation was impossible.
  • Table 26 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 11 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 11 (nmol / mol) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 11 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • Table 27 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 11.
  • Table 28 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 12 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 12 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 12 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • Table 29 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 12.
  • Table 30 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 13 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 13 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 13 (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • Table 31 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 13.
  • Table 33 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 1.
  • Table 36 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Comparative Example 3 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Comparative Example 3 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 3 (20 ⁇ mol / kg) (nmol / L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue),
  • Table 37 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 3.
  • Table 39 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 4.
  • the brain concentration when bumetanide was orally administered to rats (20 ⁇ mol / kg) was 11.0 ⁇ 15.5 nmol / kg tissue 1 hour after administration, but 1.39 ⁇ 1. It was 00 nmol / kg tissue, and the brain concentration rapidly decreased and did not persist at all (FIG. 1 and Table 4).
  • the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 were orally administered to rats (20 ⁇ mol / kg)
  • the converted bumetanide concentration in the brain was 1 hour after administration when bumetanide was orally administered to rats (20 ⁇ mol / kg).
  • the brain concentration at 1 hour after administration continued or increased.
  • the concentration of bumetanide in the brain / plasma concentration (%) at 1 and 6 hours after administration of bumetanide was 2.12% and 0.68%, respectively.
  • the medium concentration (%) was extremely low.
  • the brain concentration / plasma concentration (%) of the converted bumetanide when the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 were administered were higher than those when bumetanide was orally administered. From this, it was shown that the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 have high transferability into the brain and are converted into bumetanide having pharmacological activity in the brain.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be converted into bumetanide having high transferability into the brain and having pharmacological activity, and further converted bumetanide. It was shown that the brain concentration of was sustained.
  • Example 30 Evaluation of blood-brain barrier permeability coefficient by blood-brain barrier remodeling model of sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: Using the blood brain barrier remodeling model, the blood brain barrier permeability coefficient as an index of brain migration was evaluated, and the blood brain barrier permeability coefficient of the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 to 28 and the blood brain barrier permeability coefficient of bumetanide Compared.
  • a monkey-type BBB kit (MBT-24H; Pharmacocell Co., Ltd.) commercially available as a blood-brain barrier reconstruction model was used.
  • the attached medium was added to the brain and blood compartments and thawed, and culture was started in a 37 ° C. incubator containing 5% carbon dioxide in the air.
  • the medium was changed 3 hours after the start of culture and the next day, and then used for the following experiments 4 to 5 days after the start of culture.
  • the media of the BBB kit brain side and blood side compartments were removed. 200 ⁇ L of 1 ⁇ mol / L compound (dissolved in Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline containing 25 mmol / L sucrose) is added to the blood side compartment, and Dulbeccolic acid containing 25 mmol / L sucrose is added to the brain side compartment 900 ⁇ L of buffered saline was added and held in a 37 ° C. incubator for 30 minutes with shaking at 50 times / minute. Brain and blood compartment solutions were collected and used as samples for analysis.
  • the obtained analytical sample was subjected to LC / MS / MS analysis.
  • the analysis was performed under the conditions shown in Table 2 or 3 or a method according thereto.
  • Blood-brain barrier permeability coefficient compound concentration of brain compartment solution ⁇ volume of brain compartment solution ⁇ (test time ⁇ membrane area ⁇ compound concentration of blood compartment solution)
  • Table 40 shows the blood brain barrier permeability coefficient ( ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 cm / sec) of bumetanide and the compounds of Examples 3, 14-28, and the compounds of Examples 3, 14-28 against the blood brain barrier permeability coefficient of bumetanide.
  • the ratio of blood-brain barrier permeability coefficient (vsumetanide ratio) is shown.
  • the compound of Example 3 exhibited a blood-brain barrier permeability coefficient 4.08 times higher than that of bumetanide, it is predicted that the compound has a higher brain transferability than bumetanide.
  • the compounds of Examples 14 to 16 and 22 showed higher blood-brain barrier permeability coefficient than the compound of Example 3, so that the brain transferability is improved as compared with the case of administering the compound of Example 3. Was suggested.
  • Example 31 Evaluation of permeability coefficient of Caco-2 cell monolayer culture of sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: Caco-2 cells were used to evaluate the permeability coefficient of Caco-2 cell monolayer culture membranes, and using the predicted oral absorption rate calculated from this value, the compounds of Examples 3, 14, 19 to 28 and bumetanide Oral absorbability was compared.
  • Caco-2 cells were cultured at 9 ⁇ 10 5 cells / mL using medium (Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (Sigma Aldrich Japan) containing 15% fetal bovine serum, 1% non-essential amino acid solution (GIBCO) and 50 nmol / L vinblastine). 75 microliters seeded on an insert of Millicell 96 Cell Culture Plate coated with collagen (Japan BD Bioscience). 250 ⁇ L of the above medium was added to the receiver of the Millicell 96 Cell Culture Plate. Millicell 96 Cell Culture Plate seeded with Caco-2 cells was cultured for 4 days in a 37 ° C. incubator containing 5% carbon dioxide in air.
  • medium Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (Sigma Aldrich Japan) containing 15% fetal bovine serum, 1% non-essential amino acid solution (GIBCO) and 50 nmol / L vinblastine. 75 microliters seeded on an insert of Millicell 96 Cell Culture Plate coated with collagen (Japan
  • the insert and receiver medium was replaced with a medium in which 50 nmol / L vinblastine was added to Entero-STIM intestinal epithelial cell differentiation medium (Japan BD Bioscience) containing MITO + and further cultured for 3 days in the following experiment. used.
  • the medium of the insert and receiver was removed. 75 ⁇ L of 1 ⁇ mol / L compound (dissolved in Hanks physiological buffer salt solution containing Ca and Mg) is added to the insert, and 250 ⁇ L of Hanks physiological buffer salt solution containing Ca and Mg is added to the receiver at 37 ° C. In an incubator for 60 minutes with shaking at 50 times / min. The solution in the insert and receiver was collected and used as a sample for analysis.
  • the obtained analytical sample was subjected to LC / MS / MS analysis.
  • the analysis was performed under the conditions shown in Table 2 or 3 or a method according thereto.
  • Caco-2 cell monolayer culture membrane permeability coefficient compound concentration in receiver ⁇ receiver volume ⁇ (test time ⁇ membrane area ⁇ compound concentration in insert)
  • the permeability coefficient of Caco-2 cell monolayer culture membranes of standard compounds with known oral absorption rates (propranolol (oral absorption rate 90%), cimetidine (oral absorption rate 62%), caffeine (oral absorption rate 100%)) was measured simultaneously, and the predicted oral absorption rate (%) of each compound was determined based on the correlation between the measured Caco-2 cell monolayer culture membrane permeability coefficient and the oral absorption rate of the standard compound.
  • the compound of Example 3 showed a predicted oral absorption rate lower than that of bumetanide, and a decrease in oral absorption was predicted compared to bumetanide.
  • the compounds of Examples 14, 19 to 21 and 26 which are double prodrugs of bumetanide (the compound of Example 3 is obtained when only the chemical modification of the carboxyl group of the two sites undergoing conversion undergoes conversion)
  • the compounds of Examples 22 and 23 (the compound of Example 3 is obtained when only the acyl group part of the sugar partial structure is subjected to conversion in the two sites undergoing conversion) and the triple prodrug of bumetanide Since the compounds of Examples 25, 27 and 28 showed a higher predicted oral absorption rate than the compound of Example 3, when these compounds were orally administered, the compounds of Example 3 were administered orally.
  • Example 32 Pharmacokinetics in cynomolgus monkeys of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: After the oral administration of the compounds of Examples 3 and 14, respectively, to male cynomolgus monkeys, the plasma concentration and cerebrospinal fluid concentration of converted bumetanide were measured. It was compared with the concentration in the liquid.
  • the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 and bumetanide were each orally administered to cynomolgus monkeys at a dose of 3 mg / kg.
  • the administration solutions of the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 and bumetanide were prepared by dissolving or suspending each in Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline. Oral administration of the administration liquid was performed in the stomach through the nasal cavity using a disposable catheter (Nipro Corporation) and a syringe (Nipro Corporation) without anesthesia, and about 5 mL of drinking water was injected after the administration.
  • heparin sodium injection cylinder from cynomolgus monkey femoral vein heparin sodium added to 10 units / mL with respect to the amount of blood collected
  • Cerebrospinal fluid was collected from the subarachnoid space under combined anesthesia with medetomidine hydrochloride and ketamine hydrochloride 15 minutes after oral administration.
  • blank blood and cerebrospinal fluid were collected from cynomolgus monkeys not receiving the compound.
  • the collected blood was centrifuged at 4 ° C. and 1710 ⁇ g for 15 minutes (Kubota Co., Ltd., compact high-speed cooling centrifuge 6930) to separate plasma, and the obtained plasma was ⁇ 70 ° C. until the preparation of the sample for analysis. Stored in.
  • the collected cerebrospinal fluid was centrifuged at 4 ° C. and 1710 ⁇ g for 15 minutes (Kubota Co., Ltd., compact high-speed cooling centrifuge 6930) to separate and remove blood cells and the like at ⁇ 70 ° C. until the preparation of the sample for analysis. Stored.
  • the plasma and cerebrospinal fluid obtained from the cynomolgus monkey administered with the compound are referred to as cynomolgus monkey plasma sample and cynomolgus monkey cerebral spinal fluid sample, respectively. It is called blank plasma or blank cerebrospinal fluid.
  • the internal standard solution 20 ⁇ L and methanol 120 ⁇ L were added to a cynomolgus monkey plasma sample or 50 ⁇ L of a cynomolgus monkey plasma sample appropriately diluted with blank plasma, stirred, and then cooled at 4 ° C. for 10 minutes. Further, 20 ⁇ L of an internal standard solution and 120 ⁇ L of methanol were added to 50 ⁇ L of a cynomolgus monkey cerebrospinal fluid sample, stirred, and then cooled at 4 ° C. for 10 minutes.
  • a calibration curve sample was prepared by treating a blank plasma or blank cerebrospinal fluid with a standard curve standard solution in the same manner.
  • the obtained analytical sample was subjected to LC / MS / MS analysis.
  • the analysis was performed under the conditions shown in Table 2 or 3 or a method according thereto.
  • the percentage (%) of cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) of bumetanide (bumetanide after conversion when the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 were administered) for each individual. Calculated and expressed as mean ⁇ standard deviation (N 3). Since there is almost no protein in cerebrospinal fluid, the drug exists in a protein-unbound state. Therefore, the drug concentration in the cerebrospinal fluid can be regarded as a protein non-binding drug concentration (Lange, Journal of Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics 2013, 40, p. 315-326).
  • Tables 43 and 44 show the results when bumetanide was orally administered to cynomolgus monkeys (3 mg / kg).
  • Table 43 shows the plasma concentration (ng / mL) and cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) of bumetanide at each time (each time point) after administration of bumetanide, and FIG.
  • Table 44 also shows the percentage of bumetanide cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) (%) 15 minutes after administration of bumetanide and cerebrospinal fluid of protein-bound bumetanide It represents the percentage (%) of medium concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL).
  • Tables 45 to 48 and FIGS. 20 to 21 show the results of oral administration (3 mg / kg) of the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 to cynomolgus monkeys, respectively.
  • Table 45 shows the plasma concentration (ng / ng) of the compound of Example 3 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 3 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 3 (3 mg / kg). 20) and cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL).
  • Table 46 also shows the percentage (%) of the converted cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) of bumetanide 15 minutes after administration of the compound of Example 3, and the protein non- It represents the percentage (%) of cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) of bound bumetanide (converted).
  • Table 47 shows the plasma concentration (ng / mg) of the compound of Example 14 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 14 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 14 (3 mg / kg). mL) and cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL).
  • Table 48 also shows the percentage of converted bumetanide cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) 15 minutes after administration of the compound of Example 14 and protein non- It represents the percentage (%) of cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) of bound bumetanide (converted).
  • the cerebrospinal fluid concentration was 0.048 ⁇ 0.019 ng / mL at 15 minutes after administration, and bumetanide cerebrospinal fluid concentration / plasma concentration The percentage (%) was 0.035 ⁇ 0.033%. Further, the percentage (%) of cerebrospinal fluid concentration / plasma concentration of protein-unbound bumetanide calculated as a value closer to the substance as an index indicating the brain transferability of bumetanide having pharmacological activity is 0.700 ⁇ 0.660%. (FIG. 19 and Tables 43 and 44).
  • this result also shows that the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is highly transferred to the brain and converted into bumetanide having pharmacological activity in the brain. It was done.
  • the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is converted into bumetanide having a high transferability into the brain and having pharmacological activity, and further converted bumetanide. Since the concentration in the brain persists, it can be used as a prodrug of bumetanide, and in particular, can be used as a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for epilepsy.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a drug that demonstrates a pharmaceutical effect by having high mobility to the mid-brain and converting to bumetanide in the mid-brain, which is the primary site of epilepsy. The present invention provides a sulfamoylbenzene derivative expressed by general formula (1), or a pharmacologically permissible salt thereof.

Description

スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体及びその医薬用途Sulfamoylbenzene derivative and its pharmaceutical use

 本発明は、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体及びその医薬用途に関する。 The present invention relates to a sulfamoylbenzene derivative and its pharmaceutical use.

 てんかんとは、大脳や海馬等の神経細胞において起きる過剰な興奮とその興奮が広がる異常な神経活動(てんかん放電)により、発作(てんかん発作)を引き起こす疾患又は症状のことである。現在、てんかんに対する治療剤としては、ナトリウムチャネル又はカルシウムチャネルの抑制作用を有する薬剤や抑制性神経伝達を制御するγ―アミノ酪酸(GABA)受容体の増強作用を有する薬剤が一般的に使用されている。 Epilepsy is a disease or symptom that causes seizures (epileptic seizures) due to excessive excitement that occurs in nerve cells such as the cerebrum and hippocampus and abnormal neural activity that spreads the excitement (epilepsy discharge). At present, as a therapeutic agent for epilepsy, a drug having an inhibitory action on sodium channel or calcium channel or a drug having an enhancing action on γ-aminobutyric acid (GABA) receptor for controlling inhibitory neurotransmission is generally used. Yes.

 ブメタニドは、利尿剤として広く使用されてきたが、ナトリウムイオン-カリウムイオン-塩化物イオン共輸送体(Na-K-Cl cotransporter;以下、NKCC)のアイソフォームであるNKCC1を阻害する活性を有しているため、てんかんに対して治療効果を発揮し得る可能性が示唆されている(非特許文献1及び2)。 Bumetanide, has been widely used as a diuretic, sodium ion - potassium ions - chloride cotransporter (Na + -K + -Cl - cotransporter ; hereinafter, NKCC) activity inhibiting NKCC1 isoform of Therefore, the possibility of having a therapeutic effect on epilepsy has been suggested (Non-patent Documents 1 and 2).

 一方、ある薬理活性を有する化合物の医薬としての実用性を高める手段の一つとして、薬物のプロドラッグ化が知られている。プロドラッグとは、安定性、溶解性、吸収性又は移行性等の改善を目的として薬物に化学修飾を施した化合物であり、投薬後、生体内又は作用部位に到達してから活性本体(薬物)に変換され、薬理作用が発揮するように設計された薬物のことである。 On the other hand, as one means for enhancing the utility of a compound having a certain pharmacological activity as a pharmaceutical, the formation of a drug as a prodrug is known. A prodrug is a compound in which a drug is chemically modified for the purpose of improving stability, solubility, absorbability or transferability, etc., and after administration, the active substance (drug ) And is designed to exert its pharmacological action.

 例えば、カルボン酸をエチルエステル化したプロドラッグとしては、高血圧治療剤のエナラプリル、アルコールをピバリン酸エステル化したプロドラッグとしては、開放隅角緑内障治療剤のジピベフリン、アルコールをアミノ酸エステル化したプロドラッグとしては、ヘルペスウイルス感染症治療剤のヘルペスバラシクロビル、アセトアミノフェンをグリコシルエーテル化したプロドラッグとしては、アセトアミノフェン誘導体(特許文献1)等が知られている。 For example, as a prodrug obtained by esterifying carboxylic acid with ethyl ester, enalapril as an antihypertensive agent, as a prodrug obtained by esterifying alcohol as pivalic acid ester, as dipivefrin as an agent for treating open-angle glaucoma, as a prodrug obtained by esterifying alcohol as an amino acid ester Are known as herpesvirus infection therapeutic agent herpesbaracyclovir, acetaminophen derivative (Patent Document 1) and the like as prodrugs obtained by glycosyl etherification of acetaminophen.

 また、特許文献2では、ブメタニドをエステル化又はアミド化したプロドラッグが開示されており、これらのプロドラッグは、ラットに投与した場合において抗てんかん作用を有することが示唆されている。 Patent Document 2 discloses prodrugs in which bumetanide is esterified or amidated, and these prodrugs are suggested to have an antiepileptic effect when administered to rats.

米国特許出願公開第2012/0022012号明細書US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0022012 米国特許出願公開第2012/0004225号明細書US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0004225

Koyamaら、Nature Medicine、2012年、第18巻、p.1271-1278Koyama et al., Nature Medicine, 2012, Vol. 18, p. 1271-1278 Eftekhariら、Epilepsia、2013年、第54巻、e9-e12Eftekhari et al., Epilepsia, 2013, 54, e9-e12 Loscherら、Neuropharmacology、2012年、p.1-13、印刷中、オンライン版2012年6月13日公開Loscher et al., Neuropharmacology, 2012, p. 1-13, printing, online version released on June 13, 2012

 しかしながら、現在、一般的に使用されているてんかん治療剤は、眠気、めまい、ふらつき、頭痛、倦怠感、てんかん憎悪、失調、会話障害又は嘔吐等の中枢性の副作用を伴う場合があり、必ずしも抗てんかん作用を示す用量まで投与できないのが現状である。 However, currently used epilepsy treatment agents are commonly associated with central side effects such as sleepiness, dizziness, lightheadedness, headache, malaise, epilepsy hate, ataxia, speech disturbance or vomiting and are not necessarily At present, it is impossible to administer doses that show epileptic action.

 また、てんかんに対する薬理活性が示唆されているブメタニドは、血漿中半減期が約120分以内と短く、てんかんの発症部位である脳中へはほとんど移行しないことがわかっており、抗てんかん作用を発揮するには、利尿剤として安全に使用できる用量よりも高用量を投与又は頻回に投与する必要があった(非特許文献3)。 In addition, bumetanide, which has been suggested to have pharmacological activity against epilepsy, has a short plasma half-life of about 120 minutes and is known to hardly migrate into the brain where epilepsy develops. Therefore, it was necessary to administer a dose higher than the dose that can be safely used as a diuretic or to administer it frequently (Non-patent Document 3).

 さらに、ブメタニドをエステル化又はアミド化したプロドラッグについては、ラットの実験を基にヒトへの有効性が示唆されているが、これらのプロドラッグを投与した場合のブメタニドの脳中濃度の持続性は、十分な抗てんかん作用を発揮するには低いものであった。 In addition, prodrugs esterified or amidated with bumetanide have been suggested to be effective in humans based on rat experiments. However, the persistence of brain concentrations of bumetanide when these prodrugs are administered Was low to exert a sufficient antiepileptic effect.

 そこで本発明は、脳中への移行性が高く、てんかんの発症部位である脳中でブメタニドに変換されて薬理作用を発揮する医薬を提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a medicament that exhibits high pharmacological action by being converted into bumetanide in the brain, which is the site of epilepsy, and has high transferability into the brain.

 本発明者らは上記課題を解決するため鋭意検討した結果、新規なスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体又はその薬学的に許容される塩が、脳中への移行性が高く、薬理活性を有するブメタニドに脳中で変換されること及び変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度が持続することを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。 As a result of intensive studies to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have found that a novel sulfamoylbenzene derivative or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has a high ability to migrate into the brain and has a pharmacological activity to bumetanide. It was found that the concentration of bumetanide in the brain and the converted concentration of bumetanide persist, and the present invention was completed.

 すなわち、本発明は、下記一般式(I)で示されるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体又はその薬学的に許容される塩を提供する。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[式中、Rは、水素原子、あるいは、アミノ酸の部分構造からなる下記A群から選択される基、又は、6位の水酸基の水素原子がアセチル基、ベンゾイル基若しくはピバロイル基で置換されていてもよい糖の部分構造からなる下記B群から選択される基、を表し、Xは、酸素原子又はNHを表し、Rは、Xが酸素原子である場合に、水素原子、エチル基、ブチル基、ヘキシル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシルカルボニルオキシメチル基、イソブチリルオキシメチル基若しくはピバロイルオキシメチル基又はアミノ酸の部分構造からなる下記C群から選択される基を表し、XがNHである場合に、水酸基の水素原子がメチル基で置換されていてもよい糖の部分構造からなる下記D群から選択される基を表すが、Rが水素原子である場合に水素原子又はエチル基を表すことはない。
A群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(*は、Rが結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)
B群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(*は、Rが結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)
C群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(*は、Rが結合する酸素原子との結合位置を表す。)
D群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(*は、Rが結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。] That is, the present invention provides a sulfamoylbenzene derivative represented by the following general formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[Wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group selected from the following group A consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid, or a hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group at the 6-position is substituted with an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group. Represents a group selected from the following group B consisting of a partial structure of sugar, X represents an oxygen atom or NH, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an ethyl group, when X is an oxygen atom, A group selected from the following group C consisting of a butyl group, a hexyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethyl group, an isobutyryloxymethyl group, a pivaloyloxymethyl group or a partial structure of an amino acid, and X is NH in some cases, represents a group wherein a hydrogen atom of a hydroxyl group is selected from the following group D consisting of partial structures of good sugar may be substituted with a methyl group, R 1 is a hydrogen atom It does not represent a hydrogen atom or an ethyl group.
Group A:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded.)
Group B:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded.)
Group C:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(* Represents the bonding position with the oxygen atom to which R 2 is bonded.)
Group D:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 2 is bonded.]

 上記のスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体は、Rが、水素原子であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、かつ、Rが、

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
であるか、Rが、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、かつ、Rが、水素原子であるか、又は、Rが、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、かつ、Rが、エチル基であることが好ましい。 In the above sulfamoylbenzene derivative, R 1 is a hydrogen atom, X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Or R 1 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
And X is an oxygen atom and R 2 is a hydrogen atom or R 1 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is preferably an ethyl group.

 これらの限定が加わることにより、ブメタニド自身を投与した場合と比較したブメタニドの脳中移行性及び脳中濃度持続性がさらに向上する。 By adding these limitations, bumetanide transferability in the brain and sustainability in the brain compared to when bumetanide itself is administered are further improved.

 また、本発明は、上記一般式(I)で示されるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体又はその薬学的に許容される塩を有効成分として含有する医薬を提供する。この医薬は、てんかんの治療剤又は予防剤であることが好ましい。 The present invention also provides a medicament comprising as an active ingredient a sulfamoylbenzene derivative represented by the above general formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. This medicament is preferably a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for epilepsy.

 本発明のスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体又はその薬学的に許容される塩は、脳中への移行性が高く、薬理活性を有するブメタニドに脳中で変換され、さらに、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度が一定時間持続することから、ブメタニドのプロドラッグとして、特に、てんかんの治療剤又は予防剤として使用できる。 The sulfamoylbenzene derivative of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is converted to bumetanide having high pharmacological activity in the brain, and further, the brain concentration of the converted bumetanide is further converted. Can be used as a prodrug of bumetanide, particularly as a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for epilepsy.

ブメタニドをラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時のブメタニドの血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of bumetanide when bumetanide is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例1の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例1の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 1 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 1 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例2の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例2の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 2 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 2 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例3の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例3の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 3 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 3 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例4の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例4の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 4 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 4 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例5の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例5の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 5 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 5 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例6の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例6の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 6 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 6 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例7の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例7の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 7 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 7 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例8の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例8の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 8 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 8 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例9の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例9の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 9 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 9 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例10の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例10の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 10 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 10 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例11の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例11の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 11 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 11 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例12の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例12の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 12 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 12 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 実施例13の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の実施例13の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of Example 13 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 13 is orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). 比較例1の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の比較例1の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and the brain concentration of the compound of the comparative example 1 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of the comparative example 1 is orally administered (20 micromol / kg) to a rat. 比較例2の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の比較例2の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of the comparative example 2 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of the comparative example 2 is orally administered to a rat (20 micromol / kg). 比較例3の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の比較例3の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of the comparative example 3 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of the comparative example 3 is orally administered to a rat (20 micromol / kg). 比較例4の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の比較例4の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration of the compound of the comparative example 4 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of the comparative example 4 is orally administered to a rat (20 micromol / kg). ブメタニドをカニクイザルに経口投与(3mg/kg)した時のブメタニドの血漿中濃度及び脳脊髄液中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and cerebrospinal fluid concentration of bumetanide when bumetanide is orally administered to cynomolgus monkeys (3 mg / kg). 実施例3の化合物をカニクイザルに経口投与(3mg/kg)した時の実施例3の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳脊髄液中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and cerebrospinal fluid concentration of the compound of Example 3 and the converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 3 was orally administered (3 mg / kg) to cynomolgus monkeys. 実施例14の化合物をカニクイザルに経口投与(3mg/kg)した時の実施例14の化合物及び変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳脊髄液中濃度を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the plasma concentration and cerebrospinal fluid concentration of the compound of Example 14 and converted bumetanide when the compound of Example 14 is orally administered (3 mg / kg) to cynomolgus monkeys.

 本発明のスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体は、以下の一般式(I)で示されることを特徴としている。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
[式中、Rは、水素原子、あるいは、アミノ酸の部分構造からなる下記A群から選択される基、又は、6位の水酸基の水素原子がアセチル基、ベンゾイル基若しくはピバロイル基で置換されていてもよい糖の部分構造からなる下記B群から選択される基、を表し、Xは、酸素原子又はNHを表し、Rは、Xが酸素原子である場合に、水素原子、エチル基、ブチル基、ヘキシル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシルカルボニルオキシメチル基、イソブチリルオキシメチル基若しくはピバロイルオキシメチル基又はアミノ酸の部分構造からなる下記C群から選択される基を表し、XがNHである場合に、水酸基の水素原子がメチル基で置換されていてもよい糖の部分構造からなる下記D群から選択される基を表すが、Rが水素原子である場合に水素原子又はエチル基を表すことはない。
A群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(*は、Rが結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)
B群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(*は、Rが結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)
C群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(*は、Rが結合する酸素原子との結合位置を表す。)
D群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(*は、Rが結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)] The sulfamoylbenzene derivative of the present invention is characterized by being represented by the following general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
[Wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group selected from the following group A consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid, or a hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group at the 6-position is substituted with an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group. Represents a group selected from the following group B consisting of a partial structure of sugar, X represents an oxygen atom or NH, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an ethyl group, when X is an oxygen atom, A group selected from the following group C consisting of a butyl group, a hexyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethyl group, an isobutyryloxymethyl group, a pivaloyloxymethyl group or a partial structure of an amino acid, and X is NH in some cases, represents a group wherein a hydrogen atom of a hydroxyl group is selected from the following group D consisting of partial structures of good sugar may be substituted with a methyl group, R 1 is a hydrogen atom It does not represent a hydrogen atom or an ethyl group.
Group A:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded.)
Group B:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded.)
Group C:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(* Represents the bonding position with the oxygen atom to which R 2 is bonded.)
Group D:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 2 is bonded.)]

 本明細書で使用する次の用語は、特に断りがない限り、下記の定義の通りである。 The following terms used in this specification are as defined below unless otherwise specified.

 「アミノ酸」とは、同一分子中にアミノ基とカルボキシル基の両方を持つ化合物を意味し、例えば、グリシン、バリン、スレオニン又はセリン等のα-アミノ酸が挙げられる。分子中に不斉炭素を有する場合は、各光学異性体及びこれらの混合物も「アミノ酸」に包含される。 “Amino acid” means a compound having both an amino group and a carboxyl group in the same molecule, and examples thereof include α-amino acids such as glycine, valine, threonine or serine. When the molecule has an asymmetric carbon, each optical isomer and a mixture thereof are also included in the “amino acid”.

 「アミノ酸の部分構造からなる基」とは、上記「アミノ酸」の分子から水素原子又は水酸基を除去した遊離基を意味し、例えば、下記の群

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
から選択される一の基が挙げられる。 The “group consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid” means a free radical obtained by removing a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group from the molecule of the above “amino acid”.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
One group selected from is mentioned.

 「糖」とは、鎖状構造又は環状構造の単糖類を意味し、例えば、グルコピラノース、マンノピラノース若しくはガラクトピラノース等の単糖、又は、2-デオキシグルコピラノース等のデオキシ糖が挙げられる。単糖類には、分子の互変異性化に基づくα型及びβ型の異性体、並びに、分子中の不斉炭素に基づくD体及びL体の異性体が存在するが、「糖」には、各異性体及びこれらの混合物が包含される。 “Sugar” means a monosaccharide having a chain structure or a cyclic structure, and examples thereof include monosaccharides such as glucopyranose, mannopyranose and galactopyranose, and deoxysugars such as 2-deoxyglucopyranose. Monosaccharides include α and β isomers based on tautomerization of molecules, and D and L isomers based on asymmetric carbon in the molecule. , Each isomer and mixtures thereof.

 「糖の部分構造からなる基」とは、上記「糖」の分子から水素原子又は水酸基を除去した遊離基を意味し、例えば、下記の群

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
から選択される一の基が挙げられる。 The “group consisting of a sugar partial structure” means a free radical obtained by removing a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group from the above-mentioned “sugar” molecule.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
One group selected from is mentioned.

 「水酸基の水素原子がメチル基で置換されていてもよい糖の部分構造からなる基」とは、上記「糖の部分構造からなる基」の水酸基の水素原子がメチル基で置換されていてもよい基を意味し、例えば、下記の群

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
から選択される一の基が挙げられる。 The “group consisting of a sugar partial structure in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group may be substituted with a methyl group” means that the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group of the “group consisting of a sugar partial structure” is substituted with a methyl group Means a good group, for example
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
One group selected from is mentioned.

 「6位の水酸基の水素原子がアセチル基、ベンゾイル基又はピバロイル基で置換されていてもよい糖の部分構造からなる基」とは、上記「糖の部分構造からなる基」の6位の水酸基の水素原子がアセチル基、ベンゾイル基又はピバロイル基で置換されていてもよい基を意味し、例えば、下記の群

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
から選択される一の基が挙げられる。 The “group consisting of a sugar partial structure in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group at the 6-position may be substituted with an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group” means the hydroxyl group at the 6-position of the above “group consisting of a sugar partial structure” Means a group in which the hydrogen atom may be substituted with an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
One group selected from is mentioned.

 上記のスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体は、Rが、水素原子であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、かつ、Rが、

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
であるか、
 Rが、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、かつ、Rが、水素原子であるか、又は、
 Rが、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、かつ、Rが、エチル基であることが好ましい。 In the above sulfamoylbenzene derivative, R 1 is a hydrogen atom, X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Or
R 1 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Or X is an oxygen atom and R 2 is a hydrogen atom, or
R 1 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is preferably an ethyl group.

 「プロドラッグ」とは、生体内又は作用部位に到達してから、酵素的又は非酵素的に変換を受けて、薬理活性を有する化合物(即ち、ドラッグ)に変換される薬物前駆体及び物質を意味するが、広義には、生体内で物性が変化して安定性、吸収性又は分布等が変化する物質をも包含する。 “Prodrug” refers to a drug precursor and a substance that are converted into a compound having pharmacological activity (ie, a drug) by being converted enzymatically or non-enzymatically after reaching the living body or the site of action. In a broad sense, it also includes substances whose physical properties change in vivo to change stability, absorbability, distribution, or the like.

 「ダブルプロドラッグ」とは、生体内又は作用部位に到達してから、酵素的又は非酵素的に変換を受ける部位を2箇所有するプロドラッグのことである。 The “double prodrug” is a prodrug having two sites that undergo enzymatic or non-enzymatic conversion after reaching the living body or site of action.

 「トリプルプロドラッグ」とは、生体内又は作用部位に到達してから、酵素的又は非酵素的に変換を受ける部位を3箇所有するプロドラッグのことである。 “Triple prodrug” refers to a prodrug having three sites that undergo enzymatic or non-enzymatic conversion after reaching the living body or site of action.

 一般式(I)で示されるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(以下、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I))は、置換基の種類によっては不斉炭素原子を含む場合があり、これに基づく光学異性体が存在しうる。本発明には、各光学異性体及びこれらの混合物も包含される。 The sulfamoylbenzene derivative represented by the general formula (I) (hereinafter referred to as sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I)) may contain an asymmetric carbon atom depending on the type of the substituent. Can exist. The present invention also includes each optical isomer and a mixture thereof.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)は、塩を形成する場合もあり、かかる塩が薬学的に許容される限りにおいて本発明に包含される。薬学的に許容される塩としては、例えば、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、カルシウム塩若しくはマグネシウム塩等の無機塩基塩、トロメタミン[トリス(ヒドロキシルメチル)メチルアミン]塩等の有機塩基塩、エタノールアミン塩、トリメチルアミン塩、トリエチルアミン塩、tert-ブチルアミン塩、エタノールアミン塩、ジエタノールアミン塩、トリエタノールアミン塩、ジシクロヘキシルアミン塩若しくはN,N-ジベンジルエチレンジアミン塩等の有機アミン塩、アルギニン塩、リジン塩若しくはオルニチン塩等の塩基性アミン塩、若しくは、アンモニア塩、又は、塩酸塩、硫酸塩、臭化水素酸塩、ヨウ化水素酸塩若しくはリン酸塩等の無機酸塩、酢酸塩、乳酸塩、クエン酸塩、シュウ酸塩、クエン酸塩、グルタル酸塩、リンゴ酸塩、酒石酸塩、フマル酸塩、マンデル酸塩、マレイン酸塩、安息香酸塩若しくはフタル酸等の有機カルボン酸塩、若しくは、メタンスルホン酸塩、エタンスルホン酸塩、ベンゼンスルホン酸塩、p-トルエンスルホン酸塩若しくはカンファースルホン酸塩等の有機スルホン酸塩が挙げられる。 The sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) may form a salt and is included in the present invention as long as the salt is pharmaceutically acceptable. Examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt include inorganic base salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt, calcium salt or magnesium salt, organic base salts such as tromethamine [tris (hydroxylmethyl) methylamine] salt, ethanolamine salt, Organic amine salts such as trimethylamine salt, triethylamine salt, tert-butylamine salt, ethanolamine salt, diethanolamine salt, triethanolamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt or N, N-dibenzylethylenediamine salt, arginine salt, lysine salt or ornithine salt, etc. Basic amine salt or ammonia salt, or inorganic acid salt such as hydrochloride, sulfate, hydrobromide, hydroiodide or phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, Oxalate, citrate, glutarate, malic acid , Organic carboxylates such as tartrate, fumarate, mandelate, maleate, benzoate or phthalic acid, or methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfone And organic sulfonates such as acid salts and camphorsulfonate.

 なお、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩には、それらの水和物及び溶媒和物並びに結晶多形も包含される。 The sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof includes hydrates and solvates thereof and crystal polymorphs.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)の好ましい具体例を表1-1及び表1-2に示す。 Preferred specific examples of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) are shown in Table 1-1 and Table 1-2.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)は、例えば、以下に示す方法又はこれに準じた方法で製造できる。なお、この製造に使用する出発物質と試薬は、一般に入手できるか、又は、公知の方法で製造できる。 The sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) can be produced by, for example, the following method or a method analogous thereto. The starting materials and reagents used in this production are generally available or can be produced by known methods.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)並びにその製造に使用する中間体及び出発物質は、公知の手段によって単離精製できる。単離精製のための公知の手段としては、例えば、溶媒抽出、再結晶又はクロマトグラフィーが挙げられる。 The sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) and intermediates and starting materials used for the production thereof can be isolated and purified by known means. Known means for isolation and purification include, for example, solvent extraction, recrystallization or chromatography.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)が、光学異性体又は立体異性体を含む場合には、公知の方法により、それぞれの異性体を単一化合物として得られる。公知の方法としては、例えば、結晶化、酵素分割又はキラルクロマトグラフィーが挙げられる。 When the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) contains an optical isomer or a stereoisomer, each isomer can be obtained as a single compound by a known method. Known methods include, for example, crystallization, enzyme resolution, or chiral chromatography.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)の具体的な製造方法としては、例えば、下記の製造法1~8に記載した方法が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the method for producing the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) include the methods described in the following production methods 1 to 8.

〔製造法1〕
 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)のうち、Rが、アミノ酸の部分構造からなる下記E群から選択される一の基であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、Rが、水素原子であるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(Ia)は、例えば、スキーム1に示すように、塩基存在下、パラメトキシベンジルクロリドを用いた、ブメタニドのカルボキシル基の保護反応(工程1-1)、続いて、縮合剤及び活性化剤存在下、工程1-1で得られたエステル誘導体(II)の、アミノ基がtert-ブトキシカルボニル基で保護されたアミノ酸誘導体(R-OH)との縮合反応(工程1-2)、続いて、酸存在下、工程1-2で得られたエステル誘導体(III)の脱保護反応(工程1-3)により製造できる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
[式中、R-OHは、アミノ基がtert-ブトキシカルボニル基で保護されたアミノ酸誘導体を表し、Rは、アミノ酸の部分構造からなる下記E群から選択される一の基を表す。
E群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(*は、Rが結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)] [Production method 1]
In the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I), R 1 is one group selected from the following group E consisting of an amino acid partial structure, X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is a hydrogen atom. For example, as shown in Scheme 1, the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ia) is prepared by reacting the carboxyl group of bumetanide with paramethoxybenzyl chloride in the presence of a base (step 1-1), followed by a condensing agent. In the presence of an activating agent, the ester derivative (II) obtained in Step 1-1 is condensed with an amino acid derivative (R 3 —OH) in which the amino group is protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group (Step 1- 2) Subsequently, it can be produced by deprotection reaction (step 1-3) of the ester derivative (III) obtained in step 1-2 in the presence of an acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
[Wherein R 3 —OH represents an amino acid derivative in which an amino group is protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, and R 4 represents one group selected from the following group E consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid.
Group E:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 4 is bonded.)]

〔工程1-1〕
 保護反応の出発物質であるブメタニドは、市販品を購入するか、又は、公知の方法(例えば、米国特許第3806534号明細書)若しくはこれに準じた方法により製造することで入手できる。
[Step 1-1]
Bumetanide, which is a starting material for the protection reaction, can be obtained by purchasing a commercially available product, or producing it by a known method (for example, US Pat. No. 3,806,534) or a method analogous thereto.

 保護反応に用いる塩基としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム若しくは炭酸セシウム等の塩基性無機塩類、ピリジン若しくはルチジン等の芳香族アミン類、トリエチルアミン、トリプロピルアミン、トリブチルアミン、N-メチルピペリジン、N-メチルピペリドン若しくはN-メチルモルホリン等の第三級有機アミン類、又は、リチウムジイソプロピルアミド若しくはリチウムヘキサメチルジシラジド等の金属アミド類が挙げられるが、トリエチルアミン又はN,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミンが好ましい。 Examples of the base used for the protection reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, and cesium carbonate, aromatic amines such as pyridine and lutidine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and triethylamine. Examples include tertiary organic amines such as butylamine, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpiperidone or N-methylmorpholine, or metal amides such as lithium diisopropylamide or lithium hexamethyldisilazide, but triethylamine or N, N-diisopropylethylamine is preferred.

 保護反応に用いる塩基の量は、ブメタニド1モルに対して1~6モルが好ましく、1~3モルがより好ましい。 The amount of the base used for the protection reaction is preferably 1 to 6 moles, more preferably 1 to 3 moles per mole of bumetanide.

 保護反応に用いるパラメトキシベンジルクロリドの量は、ブメタニド1モルに対して1~6モルが好ましい。 The amount of paramethoxybenzyl chloride used for the protection reaction is preferably 1 to 6 mol per 1 mol of bumetanide.

 保護反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、トルエン若しくはキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、ハロゲン系溶媒が好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the protection reaction is usually appropriately selected from solvents that do not inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, Examples include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, and halogen solvents are preferable.

 保護反応に用いるブメタニドの反応開始時の濃度は、0.01~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.05~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of bumetanide used for the protective reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / L.

 保護反応の反応温度は、-20℃~120℃が好ましく、15~80℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the protective reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 80 ° C.

 保護反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the protection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

〔工程1-2〕
 縮合反応に用いる縮合剤としては、例えば、N,N´-ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(以下、DCC)若しくは1-エチル-3-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピリカルボジイミド(以下、EDCI)等のカルボジイミド系試薬、N,N´-カルボジイミダゾール、(ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イルオキシ)トリピロリジノホスホニウム ヘキサフルオロホスファート若しくは(ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イルオキシ)トリス(ジメチルアミノ)ホスホニウム ヘキサフルオロホスファート等のホスホニウム塩系試薬、4-(4、6―ジメトキシ-1、3、5-トリアジン-2-イル)-4-メチルモルホリニウムクロリド又はジフェニルホスホリルアジドが挙げられるが、DCCが好ましい。
[Step 1-2]
Examples of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction include carbodiimide-based reagents such as N, N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (hereinafter referred to as DCC) or 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropylcarbodiimide (hereinafter referred to as EDCI), N , N′-carbodiimidazole, (benzotriazol-1-yloxy) tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate or (benzotriazol-1-yloxy) tris (dimethylamino) phosphonium hexafluorophosphate and other phosphonium salt reagents, Examples include 4- (4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -4-methylmorpholinium chloride or diphenylphosphoryl azide, with DCC being preferred.

 縮合反応に用いる縮合剤の量は、エステル誘導体(II)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましく、1~3モルがより好ましい。 The amount of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol, more preferably 1 to 3 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (II).

 縮合反応に用いる活性化剤としては、4-アミノ-N,N-ジメチルーピリジン(以下、DMAP)が好ましい。 As the activator used in the condensation reaction, 4-amino-N, N-dimethyl-pyridine (hereinafter referred to as DMAP) is preferable.

 縮合反応に用いる活性化剤の量は、エステル誘導体(II)1モルに対して0.001~3モルが好ましく、1~3モルがより好ましい。 The amount of the activator used in the condensation reaction is preferably 0.001 to 3 mol, more preferably 1 to 3 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (II).

 縮合反応に用いるR-OHは、市販品を購入するか、又は、公知の方法若しくはこれに準じた方法により製造することで入手できる。 R 3 —OH used for the condensation reaction can be obtained by purchasing a commercially available product or by producing it by a known method or a method analogous thereto.

 縮合反応に用いるR-OHの量は、エステル誘導体(II)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましく、1~3モルがより好ましい。 The amount of R 3 —OH used for the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles, more preferably 1 to 3 moles per mole of ester derivative (II).

 縮合反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、トルエン若しくはキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、ジクロロメタンが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, Examples include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with dichloromethane being preferred.

 縮合反応に用いるエステル誘導体(II)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.01~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.05~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of the ester derivative (II) used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / L.

 縮合反応の反応温度は、-20℃~120℃が好ましく、15~80℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 80 ° C.

 縮合反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましく、1~12時間がより好ましい。 The reaction time of the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours, more preferably 1 to 12 hours.

〔工程1-3〕
 脱保護反応に用いる酸としては、例えば、ギ酸、トリクロロ酢酸若しくはトリフルオロ酢酸等の有機酸、又は、塩酸、臭化水素酸、硫酸、塩化水素若しくは臭化水素等の無機酸が挙げられるが、トリフルオロ酢酸が好ましい。
[Step 1-3]
Examples of the acid used for the deprotection reaction include organic acids such as formic acid, trichloroacetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, or inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen chloride or hydrogen bromide. Trifluoroacetic acid is preferred.

 脱保護反応に用いる酸の量は、エステル誘導体(III)1モルに対して1~300モルが好ましく、1~10モルがより好ましい。 The amount of the acid used for the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 300 mol, more preferably 1 to 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (III).

 脱保護反応に用いる添加剤としては、例えば、チオフェノール又はアニソールが挙げられるが、アニソールが好ましい。 Examples of the additive used for the deprotection reaction include thiophenol and anisole, and anisole is preferable.

 脱保護反応に用いる添加剤の量は、エステル誘導体(III)1モルに対して0.001~20モルが好ましく、0.01~5モルがより好ましい。 The amount of the additive used for the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.001 to 20 mol, more preferably 0.01 to 5 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (III).

 脱保護反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、ジクロロメタンが好ましい。また、酸自身を反応溶媒として用いても構わない。 The reaction solvent used for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N , N-dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, with dichloromethane being preferred. Further, the acid itself may be used as a reaction solvent.

 脱保護反応に用いるエステル誘導体(III)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.01~100mol/Lが好ましい。 The concentration of the ester derivative (III) used for the deprotection reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 100 mol / L.

 脱保護反応の反応温度は、-20℃~100℃が好ましく、15~60℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the deprotection reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 60 ° C.

 脱保護反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

〔製造法2〕
 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)のうち、Rが、糖の部分構造からなる下記F群から選択される一の基であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、Rが、水素原子であるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(Ib)は、例えば、スキーム2に示すように、塩基存在下、ベンジルクロリドを用いた、ブメタニドのカルボキシル基の保護反応(工程2-1)、続いて、ルイス酸存在下、工程2-1で得られたエステル誘導体(IV)の、全ての水酸基がアセチル基で保護された糖誘導体(R5-OAc)とのグリコシル化反応(工程2-2)、続いて、水素雰囲気下かつ金属触媒存在下、工程2-2で得られたエステル誘導体(V)の水素化分解反応、及び、塩基存在下、水素化分解反応で得られた化合物の加溶媒分解反応、からなる脱保護反応(工程2-3)により製造できる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
[式中、R-OAcは、全ての水酸基がアセチル基で保護された糖誘導体を表し、Rは、糖の部分構造からなる下記F群から選択される一の基を表す。
F群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(*は、Rが結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)] [Production method 2]
In the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I), R 1 is one group selected from the following group F consisting of a sugar partial structure, X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is a hydrogen atom. For example, as shown in Scheme 2, the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ib) is protected in the presence of a base in the presence of a base using benzyl chloride to protect the carboxyl group of bumetanide (step 2-1), followed by the presence of a Lewis acid. Glycosylation of the ester derivative (IV) obtained in Step 2-1 with a sugar derivative (R 5 -OAc) in which all hydroxyl groups are protected with acetyl groups (Step 2-2), followed by hydrogenation A hydrogenolysis reaction of the ester derivative (V) obtained in step 2-2 in an atmosphere and in the presence of a metal catalyst, and a solvolysis reaction of a compound obtained in the hydrogenolysis reaction in the presence of a base. Deprotection reaction 2-3) by can be produced.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
[Wherein R 5 -OAc represents a sugar derivative in which all hydroxyl groups are protected with an acetyl group, and R 6 represents one group selected from the following group F consisting of a sugar partial structure.
Group F:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 6 is bonded.)]

〔工程2-1〕
 保護反応に用いる塩基としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム若しくは炭酸セシウム等の塩基性無機塩類、ピリジン若しくはルチジン等の芳香族アミン類、トリエチルアミン、トリプロピルアミン、トリブチルアミン、N-メチルピペリジン、N-メチルピペリドン若しくはN-メチルモルホリン等の第三級有機アミン類、又は、リチウムジイソプロピルアミド若しくはリチウムヘキサメチルジシラジド等の金属アミド類が挙げられるが、トリエチルアミン又はN,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミンが好ましい。
[Step 2-1]
Examples of the base used for the protection reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, and cesium carbonate, aromatic amines such as pyridine and lutidine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and triethylamine. Examples include tertiary organic amines such as butylamine, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpiperidone or N-methylmorpholine, or metal amides such as lithium diisopropylamide or lithium hexamethyldisilazide. N-diisopropylethylamine is preferred.

 保護反応に用いる塩基の量は、ブメタニド1モルに対して1~6モルが好ましく、1~3モルがより好ましい。 The amount of the base used for the protection reaction is preferably 1 to 6 moles, more preferably 1 to 3 moles per mole of bumetanide.

 保護反応に用いるベンジルクロリドの量は、ブメタニド1モルに対して1~6モルが好ましい。 The amount of benzyl chloride used for the protection reaction is preferably 1 to 6 mol per 1 mol of bumetanide.

 保護反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、トルエン若しくはキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the protection reaction is usually appropriately selected from solvents that do not inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, Examples include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with N, N-dimethylformamide being preferred.

 保護反応に用いるブメタニドの反応開始時の濃度は、0.01~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.05~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of bumetanide used for the protective reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / L.

 保護反応の反応温度は、-20℃~120℃が好ましく、15~80℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the protective reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 80 ° C.

 保護反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the protection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

〔工程2-2〕 [Step 2-2]

 グリコシル化反応に用いるルイス酸としては、例えば、三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体、四塩化スズ(IV)若しくは四塩化チタン(IV)等のハロゲン化物、又は、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸イッテリビウム(III)、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸イットリウム(III)若しくはトリフルオロメタンスルホン酸トリメチルシリル等の有機スルホン酸塩が挙げられるが、三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体が好ましい。 Examples of Lewis acids used in the glycosylation reaction include boron trifluoride ether complexes, halides such as tin (IV) tetrachloride or titanium (IV) tetrachloride, or ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate, trifluoromethane. Examples of the organic sulfonate include yttrium (III) sulfonate and trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, and boron trifluoride ether complex is preferable.

 グリコシル化反応に用いるルイス酸の量は、エステル誘導体(IV)1モルに対して0.01~30モルが好ましく、0.05~10モルがより好ましい。 The amount of Lewis acid used in the glycosylation reaction is preferably 0.01 to 30 mol, more preferably 0.05 to 10 mol, per 1 mol of the ester derivative (IV).

 グリコシル化反応に用いるR-OAcは、市販品を購入するか、又は、公知の方法若しくはこれに準じた方法により製造することで入手できる。 R 5 -OAc used in the glycosylation reaction can be obtained by purchasing a commercially available product, or by producing it by a known method or a method analogous thereto.

 グリコシル化反応に用いるR-OAcの量は、エステル誘導体(IV)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましく、1~2モルがより好ましい。 The amount of R 5 —OAc used in the glycosylation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol, more preferably 1 to 2 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (IV).

 グリコシル化反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、トルエン若しくはキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、アセトニトリルが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the glycosylation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, and the like. , Ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile are preferable, but acetonitrile is preferable.

 グリコシル化反応に用いるエステル誘導体(IV)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.01~5mol/Lが好ましく、0.05~2mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of the ester derivative (IV) used for the glycosylation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 5 mol / L, more preferably 0.05 to 2 mol / L.

 グリコシル化反応の反応温度は、-78℃~170℃が好ましく、15~120℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the glycosylation reaction is preferably −78 ° C. to 170 ° C., more preferably 15 to 120 ° C.

 グリコシル化反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time of the glycosylation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

〔工程2-3〕
 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応の水素圧は、1~100気圧が好ましく、1~5気圧がより好ましい。
[Step 2-3]
The hydrogen pressure in the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100 atm, and more preferably 1 to 5 atm.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応に用いる金属触媒としては、例えば、酸化白金、水酸化パラジウム又はパラジウム-炭素が挙げられるが、水酸化パラジウム又はパラジウム-炭素が好ましい。 Examples of the metal catalyst used in the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction include platinum oxide, palladium hydroxide, and palladium-carbon, and palladium hydroxide or palladium-carbon is preferable.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応に用いる金属触媒の量は、エステル誘導体(V)に対して1~100重量%が好ましく、5~20重量%がより好ましい。 The amount of the metal catalyst used in the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100% by weight, more preferably 5 to 20% by weight, based on the ester derivative (V).

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、メタノール若しくはエタノール等のアルコール系溶媒、又は、アルコール系溶媒と、水、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド若しくはアセトニトリルとの混合溶媒が挙げられるが、メタノールが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, an alcohol solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or an alcohol solvent and water, N, N-dimethyl Although a mixed solvent with formamide or acetonitrile is mentioned, methanol is preferable.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応に用いるエステル誘導体(V)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.001~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.01~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of the ester derivative (V) used for the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応の反応温度は、5~80℃が好ましく、15~40℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 5 to 80 ° C, more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、1~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to conditions such as the reaction temperature, but is preferably 1 to 24 hours.

 脱保護反応の加溶媒分解反応に用いる塩基としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム又は炭酸セシウム等の塩基性無機塩類が挙げられるが、炭酸カリウムが好ましい。 Examples of the base used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate, and potassium carbonate is preferable.

 脱保護反応の加溶媒分解反応に用いる塩基の量は、エステル誘導体(V)1モルに対して0.1~30モルが好ましく、1~10モルがより好ましい。 The amount of the base used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol, more preferably 1 to 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (V).

 脱保護反応の加溶媒分解反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、メタノール若しくはエタノール等のアルコール系溶媒、又は、アルコール系溶媒と、水、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド若しくはアセトニトリル等との混合溶媒が挙げられるが、メタノールが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, an alcohol solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or an alcohol solvent and water, N, N-dimethyl Although a mixed solvent with formamide or acetonitrile is mentioned, methanol is preferable.

 脱保護反応の加溶媒分解反応の反応温度は、-20℃~100℃が好ましく、15~40℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.

 脱保護反応の加溶媒分解反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the conditions such as the reaction temperature, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応、加溶媒分解反応は、ワンポット反応で連続して行ってもよいし、例えば、水素化分解反応で得られた化合物を一旦取り出した後、加溶媒分解反応に用いる方法で行っても構わない。 The hydrogenolysis reaction and solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction may be carried out continuously by a one-pot reaction. For example, after removing the compound obtained by the hydrogenolysis reaction, it is used for the solvolysis reaction. You may do it by the method.

〔製造法3〕
 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)のうち、Rが、水素原子であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、Rが、アミノ酸の部分構造からなる上記C群から選択される一の基であるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(Ic)は、例えば、スキーム3に示すように、縮合剤及び活性化剤存在下、ブメタニドの、アミノ基がtert-ブトキシカルボニル基で保護され、カルボキシル基がパラメトキシベンジル基又はtert-ブチル基で保護されたアミノ酸誘導体(R-OH)との縮合反応(工程3-1)、続いて、水素雰囲気下かつ金属触媒存在下、工程3-1で得られたエステル誘導体(VI)の水素化分解反応、及び、酸存在下、水素化分解反応で得られた化合物の加溶媒分解反応、からなる脱保護反応(工程3-2)により製造できる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
[式中、R-OHは、アミノ基がtert-ブトキシカルボニル基で保護され、カルボキシル基がパラメトキシベンジル基又はtert-ブチル基で保護されたアミノ酸誘導体を表し、Rは、アミノ酸の部分構造からなる上記C群から選択される一の基を表す。] [Production method 3]
Among the sulfamoylbenzene derivatives (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom, X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is one group selected from the group C consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid. In the presence of a condensing agent and an activator, for example, as shown in Scheme 3, the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ic) is protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group in the presence of bumetanide, and the carboxyl group is a paramethoxybenzyl group. Or a condensation reaction with an amino acid derivative (R 7 —OH) protected with a tert-butyl group (step 3-1), followed by the ester derivative obtained in step 3-1 in a hydrogen atmosphere and in the presence of a metal catalyst It can be produced by a deprotection reaction (step 3-2) comprising a hydrogenolysis reaction of (VI) and a solvolysis reaction of the compound obtained by the hydrogenolysis reaction in the presence of an acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
[Wherein R 7 -OH represents an amino acid derivative in which an amino group is protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group and a carboxyl group is protected with a paramethoxybenzyl group or a tert-butyl group, and R 8 represents an amino acid moiety. It represents one group selected from the group C consisting of the structure. ]

〔工程3-1〕
 縮合反応に用いる縮合剤としては、例えば、DCC若しくはEDCI等のカルボジイミド系試薬、N,N´-カルボジイミダゾール、(ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イルオキシ)トリピロリジノホスホニウム ヘキサフルオロホスファート若しくは(ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イルオキシ)トリス(ジメチルアミノ)ホスホニウム ヘキサフルオロホスファート等のホスホニウム塩系試薬、4-(4、6―ジメトキシ-1、3、5-トリアジン-2-イル)-4-メチルモルホリニウムクロリド又はジフェニルホスホリルアジドが挙げられるが、EDCIが好ましい。
[Step 3-1]
Examples of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction include carbodiimide reagents such as DCC or EDCI, N, N′-carbodiimidazole, (benzotriazol-1-yloxy) tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or (benzotriazole- 1-yloxy) tris (dimethylamino) phosphonium phosphonium salt reagents such as hexafluorophosphate, 4- (4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -4-methylmorpholinium chloride Or, diphenylphosphoryl azide is exemplified, and EDCI is preferable.

 縮合反応に用いる縮合剤の量は、ブメタニド1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましい。 The amount of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of bumetanide.

 縮合反応に用いる活性化剤としては、DMAP又は1-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾールが好ましい。 The activator used in the condensation reaction is preferably DMAP or 1-hydroxybenzotriazole.

 縮合反応に用いる活性化剤の量は、ブメタニド1モルに対して0.001~3モルが好ましい。 The amount of activator used in the condensation reaction is preferably 0.001 to 3 moles per mole of bumetanide.

 縮合反応に用いるR-OHは、市販品を購入するか、又は、公知の方法若しくはこれに準じた方法により製造することで入手できる。 R 7 —OH used for the condensation reaction can be obtained by purchasing a commercially available product or by producing it by a known method or a method analogous thereto.

 縮合反応に用いるR-OHの量は、ブメタニド1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましい。 The amount of R 7 —OH used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of bumetanide.

 縮合反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、トルエン若しくはキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, Examples include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with N, N-dimethylformamide being preferred.

 縮合反応に用いるブメタニドの反応開始時の濃度は、0.01~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.05~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of bumetanide used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / L.

 縮合反応の反応温度は、-20℃~120℃が好ましく、15~60℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 60 ° C.

 縮合反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましく、1~12時間がより好ましい。 The reaction time of the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours, more preferably 1 to 12 hours.

〔工程3-2〕
 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応の水素圧は、1~100気圧が好ましく、1~5気圧がより好ましい。
[Step 3-2]
The hydrogen pressure in the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100 atm, and more preferably 1 to 5 atm.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応に用いる金属触媒としては、例えば、酸化白金、水酸化パラジウム又はパラジウム-炭素が挙げられるが、水酸化パラジウム又はパラジウム-炭素が好ましい。 Examples of the metal catalyst used in the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction include platinum oxide, palladium hydroxide, and palladium-carbon, and palladium hydroxide or palladium-carbon is preferable.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応に用いる金属触媒の量は、エステル誘導体(VI)に対して1~100重量%が好ましく、5~20重量%がより好ましい。 The amount of the metal catalyst used in the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100% by weight, more preferably 5 to 20% by weight, based on the ester derivative (VI).

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、メタノール若しくはエタノール等のアルコール系溶媒、又は、アルコール系溶媒と、水、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド若しくはアセトニトリル等との混合溶媒が挙げられるが、メタノールが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, an alcohol solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or an alcohol solvent and water, N, N-dimethyl Although a mixed solvent with formamide or acetonitrile is mentioned, methanol is preferable.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応に用いるエステル誘導体(VI)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.001~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.01~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of the ester derivative (VI) used for the hydrogenolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応の反応温度は、5~80℃が好ましく、15~40℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 5 to 80 ° C, more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、1~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the hydrocracking reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to conditions such as the reaction temperature, but is preferably 1 to 24 hours.

 脱保護反応の加溶媒分解反応に用いる酸としては、例えば、ギ酸、酢酸、トリクロロ酢酸若しくはトリフルオロ酢酸等の有機酸、又は、塩酸、臭化水素酸、硫酸、塩化水素若しくは臭化水素等の無機酸が挙げられるが、トリフルオロ酢酸が好ましい。 Examples of the acid used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction include organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, trichloroacetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, or hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen chloride or hydrogen bromide. Inorganic acids are mentioned, but trifluoroacetic acid is preferred.

 脱保護反応の加溶媒分解反応に用いる酸の量は、エステル誘導体(VI)1モルに対して0.1~30モルが好ましく、1~10モルがより好ましい。 The amount of acid used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol, more preferably 1 to 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (VI).

 脱保護反応の加溶媒分解反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、ジクロロメタンが好ましい。また、酸自身を反応溶媒として用いても構わない。 The reaction solvent used for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is usually appropriately selected from solvents that do not inhibit the reaction. Examples include ether solvents, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with dichloromethane being preferred. Further, the acid itself may be used as a reaction solvent.

 脱保護反応の加溶媒分解反応の反応温度は、-20℃~100℃が好ましく、15~40℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature for the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.

 脱保護反応の加溶媒分解反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、1~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time of the solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the conditions such as the reaction temperature, but is preferably 1 to 24 hours.

 脱保護反応の水素化分解反応、加溶媒分解反応は、ワンポット反応で連続して行ってもよいし、水素化分解反応で得られた化合物を一旦取り出した後、加溶媒分解反応に用いる方法で行っても構わない。 The hydrogenolysis reaction and solvolysis reaction of the deprotection reaction may be carried out continuously by a one-pot reaction, or the compound obtained by the hydrogenolysis reaction is once taken out and then used in the solvolysis reaction. You can go.

〔製造法4〕
 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)のうち、Rが、水素原子であり、Xが、NHであり、Rが、水酸基の水素原子がメチル基で置換されていてもよい糖の部分構造からなる上記D群から選択される一の基であるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(Id)は、例えば、スキーム4に示すように、縮合剤及び活性化剤存在下、ブメタニドの、水酸基の1つがアミノ基で置換された糖誘導体(R-NH)との縮合反応(工程4-1)により製造できる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
[式中、R-NHは、水酸基の1つがアミノ基で置換された糖誘導体を表し、Rは、水酸基の水素原子がメチル基で置換されていてもよい糖の部分構造からなる上記D群から選択される一の基を表す。] [Production Method 4]
Among the sulfamoylbenzene derivatives (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom, X is NH, and R 2 is a sugar partial structure in which a hydrogen atom of a hydroxyl group may be substituted with a methyl group. The sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Id) which is one group selected from the group D is, for example, as shown in Scheme 4, in the presence of a condensing agent and an activator, one of the hydroxyl groups of bumetanide is an amino group. It can be produced by a condensation reaction with a sugar derivative (R 9 -NH 2 ) substituted with (Step 4-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
[Wherein R 9 —NH 2 represents a sugar derivative in which one of the hydroxyl groups is substituted with an amino group, and R 9 consists of a sugar partial structure in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group may be substituted with a methyl group. 1 group selected from the said D group is represented. ]

〔工程4-1〕
 縮合反応に用いる縮合剤としては、例えば、DCC若しくはEDCI等のカルボジイミド系試薬、N,N´-カルボジイミダゾール、(ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イルオキシ)トリピロリジノホスホニウム ヘキサフルオロホスファート若しくは(ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イルオキシ)トリス(ジメチルアミノ)ホスホニウム ヘキサフルオロホスファート等のホスホニウム塩系試薬、4-(4,6―ジメトキシ-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-4-メチルモルホリニウムクロリド又はジフェニルホスホリルアジドが挙げられるが、EDCIが好ましい。
[Step 4-1]
Examples of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction include carbodiimide reagents such as DCC or EDCI, N, N′-carbodiimidazole, (benzotriazol-1-yloxy) tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate, or (benzotriazole- 1-yloxy) tris (dimethylamino) phosphonium phosphonium salt reagents such as hexafluorophosphate, 4- (4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -4-methylmorpholinium chloride Or diphenyl phosphoryl azide is mentioned, but EDCI is preferable.

   縮合反応に用いる縮合剤の量は、ブメタニド1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましい。 The amount of the condensing agent used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of bumetanide.

 縮合反応に用いる活性化剤としては、1-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾールが好ましい。 The activator used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1-hydroxybenzotriazole.

 縮合反応に用いる活性化剤の量は、ブメタニド1モルに対して0.001~3モルが好ましい。 The amount of activator used in the condensation reaction is preferably 0.001 to 3 moles per mole of bumetanide.

 縮合反応に用いるR-NHは、市販品を購入するか、又は、公知の方法(例えば、Pedersenら、Europian Journal of chemistry、2011年、第17巻、p.7080-7086、又は、Ahujaら、2007年、第72巻、p.3430-3442)若しくはこれに準じた方法により製造することで入手できる。 R 9 —NH 2 used for the condensation reaction may be purchased commercially or by a known method (eg, Pedersen et al., European Journal of Chemistry, 2011, Vol. 17, p. 7080-7086, or Ahuja). Et al., 2007, Vol. 72, p. 3430-3442) or a method based thereon.

 縮合反応に用いるR-NHの量は、ブメタニド1モルに対して、1~10モルが好ましい。 The amount of R 9 —NH 2 used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of bumetanide.

 縮合反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、トルエン若しくはキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, Examples include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with N, N-dimethylformamide being preferred.

 縮合反応に用いるブメタニドの反応開始時の濃度は、0.01~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.05~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of bumetanide used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol / L.

 縮合反応の反応温度は、-20℃~120℃が好ましく、15~80℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 80 ° C.

 縮合反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましく、1~12時間がより好ましい。 The reaction time of the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours, more preferably 1 to 12 hours.

〔製造法5〕
 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)のうち、Rが、糖の部分構造からなる上記F群から選択される一の基であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、Rが、エチル基、ブチル基、ヘキシル基又はベンジル基であるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(Ie)は、例えば、スキーム5に示すように、酸存在下、ブメタニドの、アルコール(R10-OH)との縮合反応(工程5-1)、続いて、ルイス酸存在下、工程5-1で得られたエステル誘導体(VII)又は上記エステル体(IV)の、全ての水酸基がアセチル基で保護された糖誘導体(上記R-OAc)とのグリコシル化反応(工程5-2)、続いて、塩基存在下、工程5-2で得られたエステル誘導体(VIII)の脱保護反応(工程5-3)により製造できる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
[式中、R10-OHは、アルコールを表し、R10は、エチル基、ブチル基又はヘキシル基を表し、R11は、エチル基、ブチル基、ヘキシル基又はベンジル基を表し、R-OAc及びRは、上記定義と同義である。] [Production Method 5]
In the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I), R 1 is one group selected from the group F consisting of a sugar partial structure, X is an oxygen atom, R 2 is an ethyl group, butyl The sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ie), which is a hexyl group, hexyl group or benzyl group, for example, as shown in Scheme 5, is a condensation reaction of bumetanide with an alcohol (R 10 —OH) in the presence of an acid (step 5- 1) Subsequently, in the presence of a Lewis acid, the ester derivative (VII) obtained in Step 5-1 or the sugar derivative (all R 5- above) in which all the hydroxyl groups of the ester body (IV) are protected with an acetyl group. Glycosylation with OAc) (step 5-2), followed by deprotection reaction (step 5-3) of the ester derivative (VIII) obtained in step 5-2 in the presence of a base.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
[Wherein R 10 —OH represents an alcohol, R 10 represents an ethyl group, a butyl group or a hexyl group, R 11 represents an ethyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group or a benzyl group, and R 5 — OAc and R 6 are as defined above. ]

〔工程5-1〕 縮合反応に用いる酸としては、例えば、塩酸、硫酸、硝酸、リン酸又はp-トルエンスルホン酸が挙げられるが、硫酸又はp-トルエンスルホン酸が好ましい。 [Step 5-1] Examples of the acid used in the condensation reaction include hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid, with sulfuric acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid being preferred.

 縮合反応に用いる酸の量は、ブメタニド1モルに対して0.001~20モルが好ましく、0.01~5モルがより好ましい。 The amount of acid used in the condensation reaction is preferably 0.001 to 20 mol, more preferably 0.01 to 5 mol, per mol of bumetanide.

 縮合反応に用いるR10-OHの量は、縮合反応に用いるブメタニドの反応開始時の濃度が0.01~10mol/Lになる量が好ましく、0.1~1mol/Lになる量がより好ましい。 The amount of R 10 —OH used for the condensation reaction is preferably such that the concentration of bumetanide used for the condensation reaction is 0.01 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.1 to 1 mol / L. .

 縮合反応の反応温度は、50~150℃が好ましく、70~100℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably 50 to 150 ° C, more preferably 70 to 100 ° C.

 縮合反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

〔工程5-2〕
 グリコシル化反応に用いるルイス酸としては、例えば、三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体、四塩化スズ(IV)若しくは四塩化チタン(IV)等のハロゲン化物、又は、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸イッテリビウム(III)、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸イットリウム(III)若しくはトリフルオロメタンスルホン酸トリメチルシリル等の有機スルホン酸塩が挙げられるが、三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体が好ましい。
[Step 5-2]
Examples of Lewis acids used in the glycosylation reaction include boron trifluoride ether complexes, halides such as tin (IV) tetrachloride or titanium (IV) tetrachloride, or ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate, trifluoromethane. Examples of the organic sulfonate include yttrium (III) sulfonate and trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, and boron trifluoride ether complex is preferable.

 グリコシル化反応に用いるルイス酸の量は、エステル体(IV)又はエステル誘導体誘導体(VII)1モルに対して0.01~30モルが好ましく、0.05~10モルがより好ましい。 The amount of Lewis acid used in the glycosylation reaction is preferably 0.01 to 30 mol, more preferably 0.05 to 10 mol, per 1 mol of the ester (IV) or ester derivative derivative (VII).

 グリコシル化反応に用いるR-OAcの量は、エステル体(IV)又はエステル誘導体誘導体(VII)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましく、1~2モルがより好ましい。 The amount of R 5 -OAc used in the glycosylation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol, more preferably 1 to 2 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester (IV) or ester derivative derivative (VII).

 グリコシル化反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、トルエン若しくはキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、アセトニトリルが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the glycosylation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, and the like. , Ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile are preferable, but acetonitrile is preferable.

 グリコシル化反応に用いるエステル体(IV)又はエステル誘導体誘導体(VII)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.01~5mol/Lが好ましく、0.05~2mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration at the start of the reaction of the ester (IV) or ester derivative derivative (VII) used for the glycosylation reaction is preferably 0.01 to 5 mol / L, more preferably 0.05 to 2 mol / L.

 グリコシル化反応の反応温度は、-78℃~170℃が好ましく、15~120℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the glycosylation reaction is preferably −78 ° C. to 170 ° C., more preferably 15 to 120 ° C.

 グリコシル化反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time of the glycosylation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

〔工程5-3〕
 脱保護反応に用いる塩基としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム又は炭酸セシウム等の塩基性無機塩類が挙げられるが、炭酸カリウムが好ましい。
[Step 5-3]
Examples of the base used in the deprotection reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate, and potassium carbonate is preferred.

 脱保護反応に用いる塩基の量は、エステル誘導体(VIII)1モルに対して0.1~30モルが好ましく、1~10モルがより好ましい。 The amount of the base used for the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol, more preferably 1 to 10 mol, relative to 1 mol of the ester derivative (VIII).

 脱保護反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、メタノール若しくはエタノール等のアルコール系溶媒、又は、アルコール系溶媒と、水、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド若しくはアセトニトリル等との混合溶媒が挙げられるが、メタノールが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, an alcohol solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or an alcohol solvent and water, N, N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, or the like. In this case, methanol is preferable.

 脱保護反応に用いるエステル誘導体(VIII)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.001~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.01~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of the ester derivative (VIII) used for the deprotection reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.

 脱保護反応の反応温度は、-20℃~100℃が好ましく、15~40℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature for the deprotection reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.

 脱保護反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

〔製造法6〕
 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)のうち、Rが、糖の部分構造からなる上記F群から選択される一の基であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、Rが、シクロヘキシルカルボニルオキシメチル基、イソブチリルオキシメチル基又はピバロイルオキシメチル基であるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(If)は、例えば、スキーム6に示すように、塩基存在下、上記スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(1b)の、クロロメチルアルキルカルボキシレート(R12-Cl)との縮合反応(工程6-1)により製造できる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
[式中、R12-Clは、クロロメチルアルキルカルボキシレートを表し、R12は、シクロヘキシルカルボニルオキシメチル基、イソブチリルオキシメチル基又はピバロイルオキシメチル基を表し、Rは、上記定義と同義である。] [Production Method 6]
In the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I), R 1 is one group selected from the group F consisting of a sugar partial structure, X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethyl. The sulfamoylbenzene derivative (If) which is a group, an isobutyryloxymethyl group or a pivaloyloxymethyl group is, for example, as shown in Scheme 6 in the presence of a base in the presence of a base. And a condensation reaction with chloromethylalkylcarboxylate (R 12 -Cl) (step 6-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
[Wherein R 12 -Cl represents a chloromethylalkylcarboxylate, R 12 represents a cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethyl group, an isobutyryloxymethyl group or a pivaloyloxymethyl group, and R 6 represents the above definition. It is synonymous with. ]

〔工程6-1〕
 縮合反応に用いる塩基としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム又は炭酸セシウム等の塩基性無機塩類が挙げられるが、炭酸カリウムが好ましい。
[Step 6-1]
Examples of the base used for the condensation reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, or cesium carbonate, and potassium carbonate is preferable.

 縮合反応に用いる塩基の量は、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(1b)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましい。 The amount of the base used for the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (1b).

 縮合反応に用いるR12-Clの量は、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(1b)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましい。 The amount of R 12 -Cl used for the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (1b).

 縮合反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、トルエン若しくはキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, Examples include ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, and acetonitrile, with N, N-dimethylformamide being preferred.

 縮合反応に用いるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(1b)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.001~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.01~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (1b) used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.

 縮合反応の反応温度は、-20℃~100℃が好ましく、15~70℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 70 ° C.

 縮合反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、1~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time of the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 1 to 24 hours.

〔製造法7〕
 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)のうち、Rが、6位の水酸基の水素原子がアセチル基、ベンゾイル基又はピバロイル基で置換された糖の部分構造からなる下記G群から選択される一の基であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、Rが、水素原子であるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(Ig)は、例えば、スキーム7に示すように、金属ナトリウムとベンジルアルコールとから調整したナトリウムアルコキシドを用いた、上記エステル誘導体(V)の脱保護反応(工程7-1)、続いて、塩基存在下、工程7-1で得られたアルコール誘導体(IX)の、酸塩化物(R13-Cl)との縮合反応(工程7-2)、続いて、水素雰囲気下かつ金属触媒存在下、工程7-2で得られたエステル誘導体(X)の脱保護反応(工程7-3)により製造できる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
[式中、R13-Clは、酸塩化物を表し、R13は、アセチル基、ベンゾイル基又はピバロイル基を表し、R14は、6位の水酸基の水素原子がアセチル基、ベンゾイル基又はピバロイル基で置換された糖の部分構造からなる下記G群から選択される一の基を表し、R及びRは上記定義と同義である。
G群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(*は、R14が結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)] [Production method 7]
Among the sulfamoylbenzene derivatives (I), R 1 is one selected from the following G group consisting of a sugar partial structure in which the hydrogen atom of the 6-position hydroxyl group is substituted with an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group A sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ig) in which X is an oxygen atom and R 2 is a hydrogen atom, for example, a sodium alkoxide prepared from metallic sodium and benzyl alcohol as shown in Scheme 7 Deprotection reaction of the ester derivative (V) using (Step 7-1), followed by acid chloride (R 13 − of the alcohol derivative (IX) obtained in Step 7-1 in the presence of a base. Cl) with a condensation reaction (Step 7-2), followed by a deprotection reaction (Step 7-3) of the ester derivative (X) obtained in Step 7-2 in a hydrogen atmosphere and in the presence of a metal catalyst. I can build it.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
[Wherein, R 13 -Cl represents an acid chloride, R 13 represents an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group, and R 14 represents an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group in which the hydrogen atom of the 6-position hydroxyl group is It represents one group selected from the following group G consisting of a sugar partial structure substituted with a group, and R 5 and R 6 have the same definitions as above.
Group G:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 14 is bonded.)]

〔工程7-1〕
 脱保護反応に用いる金属ナトリウムとベンジルアルコールとから調整したナトリウムアルコキシドの量は、脱保護反応に用いるエステル誘導体(V)の反応開始時の濃度が0.01~10mol/Lになる量が好ましく、0.1~1mol/Lになる量がより好ましい。
[Step 7-1]
The amount of sodium alkoxide prepared from metallic sodium and benzyl alcohol used for the deprotection reaction is preferably such that the concentration of the ester derivative (V) used for the deprotection reaction is 0.01 to 10 mol / L at the start of the reaction. An amount of 0.1-1 mol / L is more preferable.

 脱保護反応の反応温度は、-20℃~100℃が好ましく、15~40℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature for the deprotection reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.

 脱保護反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

〔工程7-2〕
 縮合反応に用いる塩基としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム若しくは炭酸セシウム等の塩基性無機塩類、ピリジン、ルチジン若しくは2,4,6-トリメチルピリジン等の芳香族アミン類、トリエチルアミン、トリプロピルアミン、トリブチルアミン、N-メチルピペリジン、N-メチルピペリドン若しくはN-メチルモルホリン等の第三級有機アミン類、又は、リチウムジイソプロピルアミド若しくはリチウムヘキサメチルジシラジド等の金属アミド類が挙げられるが、ピリジン、ルチジン又は2,4,6-トリメチルピリジンが好ましい。
[Step 7-2]
Examples of the base used in the condensation reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate, aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine or 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine. , Tertiary organic amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpiperidone or N-methylmorpholine, or metal amides such as lithium diisopropylamide or lithium hexamethyldisilazide Among them, pyridine, lutidine or 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine is preferable.

 縮合反応に用いる塩基の量は、アルコール誘導体(IX)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましい。 The amount of the base used for the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of the alcohol derivative (IX).

 縮合反応に用いるR13-Clは、市販品を購入するか、又は、公知の方法若しくはこれに準じた方法により製造することで入手できる。
 縮合反応に用いるR13-Clの量は、アルコール誘導体(IX)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましい。
R 13 -Cl used for the condensation reaction can be obtained by purchasing a commercially available product or by producing it by a known method or a method analogous thereto.
The amount of R 13 —Cl used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of the alcohol derivative (IX).

 縮合反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、トルエン若しくはキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、又は、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒が挙げられるが、ジクロロメタンが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used in the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, or diethyl Examples include ether solvents such as ether, tetrahydrofuran, and dioxane, with dichloromethane being preferred.

 縮合反応に用いるアルコール誘導体(IX)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.001~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.01~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of the alcohol derivative (IX) used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.

 縮合反応の反応温度は、-20℃~100℃が好ましく、15~40℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.

 縮合反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

〔工程7-3〕
 脱保護反応の水素圧は、1~100気圧が好ましく、1~5気圧がより好ましい。
[Step 7-3]
The hydrogen pressure for the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100 atm, and more preferably 1 to 5 atm.

 脱保護反応に用いる金属触媒としては、例えば、酸化白金、水酸化パラジウム又はパラジウム-炭素が挙げられるが、水酸化パラジウム又はパラジウム-炭素が好ましい。 Examples of the metal catalyst used in the deprotection reaction include platinum oxide, palladium hydroxide, and palladium-carbon, with palladium hydroxide or palladium-carbon being preferred.

 脱保護反応に用いる金属触媒の量は、エステル誘導体(X)に対して1~100重量%が好ましく、5~20重量%がより好ましい。 The amount of the metal catalyst used in the deprotection reaction is preferably 1 to 100% by weight, more preferably 5 to 20% by weight, based on the ester derivative (X).

 脱保護反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、メタノール若しくはエタノール等のアルコール系溶媒、又は、アルコール系溶媒と、水、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド若しくはアセトニトリル等との混合溶媒が挙げられるが、メタノールが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, an alcohol solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or an alcohol solvent and water, N, N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, or the like. In this case, methanol is preferable.

 脱保護反応に用いるエステル誘導体(X)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.001~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.01~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of the ester derivative (X) used for the deprotection reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.

 脱保護反応の反応温度は、5~80℃が好ましく、15~40℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the deprotection reaction is preferably 5 to 80 ° C, more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.

 脱保護反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、1~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time of the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but is preferably 1 to 24 hours.

〔製造法8〕
 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)のうち、Rが、6位の水酸基の水素原子がアセチル基で置換された糖の部分構造からなる基であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、Rが、エチル基、ブチル基、ヘキシル基又はベンジル基であるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(Ih)は、例えば、スキーム8に示すように、塩基存在下、アルコール誘導体(XI)の、アセチルクロリドとの縮合反応(工程8-1)により製造できる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
[式中、R11は、上記定義と同義である。] [Production method 8]
In the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I), R 1 is a group consisting of a sugar partial structure in which the hydrogen atom of the 6-position hydroxyl group is substituted with an acetyl group, X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is Sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ih), which is an ethyl group, butyl group, hexyl group or benzyl group, for example, as shown in Scheme 8, condensation reaction of alcohol derivative (XI) with acetyl chloride in the presence of a base It can be manufactured by (Step 8-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
[Wherein R 11 has the same definition as above. ]

〔工程8-1〕
 縮合反応に用いる塩基としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム若しくは炭酸セシウム等の塩基性無機塩類、ピリジン、ルチジン若しくは2,4,6-トリメチルピリジン等の芳香族アミン類、トリエチルアミン、トリプロピルアミン、トリブチルアミン、N-メチルピペリジン、N-メチルピペリドン若しくはN-メチルモルホリン等の第三級有機アミン類、又は、リチウムジイソプロピルアミド若しくはリチウムヘキサメチルジシラジド等の金属アミド類が挙げられるが、ピリジン、ルチジン又は2,4,6-トリメチルピリジンが好ましい。
[Step 8-1]
Examples of the base used in the condensation reaction include basic inorganic salts such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate, aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine or 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine. , Tertiary organic amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpiperidone or N-methylmorpholine, or metal amides such as lithium diisopropylamide or lithium hexamethyldisilazide Among them, pyridine, lutidine or 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine is preferable.

 縮合反応に用いる塩基の量は、アルコール誘導体(XI)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましい。 The amount of the base used for the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of the alcohol derivative (XI).

 縮合反応に用いるアセチルクロリドの量は、アルコール誘導体(XI)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましい。 The amount of acetyl chloride used in the condensation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of alcohol derivative (XI).

 縮合反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、トルエン若しくはキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、又は、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒が挙げられるが、ジクロロメタンが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used in the condensation reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, or diethyl Examples include ether solvents such as ether, tetrahydrofuran, and dioxane, with dichloromethane being preferred.

 縮合反応に用いるアルコール誘導体(XI)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.001~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.01~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of the alcohol derivative (XI) used for the condensation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.

 縮合反応の反応温度は、-20℃~100℃が好ましく、15~40℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the condensation reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 40 ° C.

 縮合反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the condensation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

〔製造法9〕
 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)のうち、Rが、アミノ酸の部分構造からなる下記H群から選択される一の基であり、Xが、酸素原子であり、Rが、エチル基であるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(Ii)は、例えば、スキーム9に示すように、塩基存在下、無水コハク酸誘導体(XII)を用いた、上記エステル誘導体(VII)の、アミド化反応(工程9-1)、続いて、酸存在下、工程9-1で得られたアミド誘導体(XIII)の脱保護反応(工程9-2)により製造できる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
[式中、R15は、アミノ基がtert-ブトキシカルボニル基で保護されたアミノ酸誘導体を表し、R16は、アミノ酸の部分構造からなる下記H群から選択される一の基を表す。
H群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
(*は、R16が結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)] [Production Method 9]
In the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I), R 1 is one group selected from the following group H consisting of an amino acid partial structure, X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is an ethyl group. For example, as shown in Scheme 9, the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (Ii) can be amidated by reacting the ester derivative (VII) with a succinic anhydride derivative (XII) in the presence of a base (Step 9-1). Followed by deprotection of the amide derivative (XIII) obtained in Step 9-1 in the presence of an acid (Step 9-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
[Wherein R 15 represents an amino acid derivative in which an amino group is protected with a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, and R 16 represents one group selected from the following group H consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid.
Group H:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 16 is bonded.)]

〔工程9-1〕
 アミド化反応に用いる塩基としては、例えば、水素化リチウム、水素化ナトリウム、水素化カリウム、炭酸セシウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム又はフッ化カリウム等の無機塩基が挙げられるが、水素化ナトリウムが好ましい。
[Step 9-1]
Examples of the base used in the amidation reaction include inorganic substances such as lithium hydride, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and potassium fluoride. Although a base is mentioned, sodium hydride is preferable.

 アミド化反応に用いる塩基の量は、エステル誘導体(VII)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましい。 The amount of the base used for the amidation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of the ester derivative (VII).

 アミド化反応に用いる無水コハク酸誘導体(XII)は、L-アスパラギン酸を出発物質とし、公知の方法又はこれに準じた方法により製造することで入手できる。 The succinic anhydride derivative (XII) used for the amidation reaction can be obtained by producing L-aspartic acid as a starting material by a known method or a method analogous thereto.

 アミド化反応に用いる無水コハク酸誘導体(XII)の量は、エステル誘導体(VII)1モルに対して1~10モルが好ましい。 The amount of the succinic anhydride derivative (XII) used for the amidation reaction is preferably 1 to 10 moles per mole of the ester derivative (VII).

 アミド化反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、トルエン若しくはキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドが好ましい。 The reaction solvent used for the amidation reaction is usually appropriately selected from solvents that do not inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene or xylene, diethyl ether, and the like. An ether solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N, N-dimethylformamide, or acetonitrile is preferable, and N, N-dimethylformamide is preferable.

 アミド化反応に用いるエステル誘導体(VII)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.001~10mol/Lが好ましく、0.01~1mol/Lがより好ましい。 The concentration of the ester derivative (VII) used for the amidation reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.001 to 10 mol / L, and more preferably 0.01 to 1 mol / L.

 アミド化反応の反応温度は、-20℃~120℃が好ましく、15~60℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the amidation reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 15 to 60 ° C.

 アミド化反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time of the amidation reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

〔工程9-2〕
 脱保護反応に用いる酸としては、例えば、ギ酸、酢酸、トリクロロ酢酸若しくはトリフルオロ酢酸等の有機酸、又は、塩酸、臭化水素酸、硫酸、塩化水素若しくは臭化水素等の無機酸が挙げられるが、トリフルオロ酢酸が好ましい。
[Step 9-2]
Examples of the acid used for the deprotection reaction include organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, and trifluoroacetic acid, and inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen chloride, and hydrogen bromide. However, trifluoroacetic acid is preferred.

 脱保護反応に用いる酸の量は、アミド誘導体(XIII)1モルに対して0.01~20モルが好ましい。 The amount of the acid used for the deprotection reaction is preferably 0.01 to 20 mol with respect to 1 mol of the amide derivative (XIII).

 脱保護反応に用いる反応溶媒は、通常反応を阻害しない溶媒から適宜選択され、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム若しくは1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン系溶媒、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン若しくはジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド又はアセトニトリルが挙げられるが、ジクロロメタンが好ましい。また、酸自身を反応溶媒として用いても構わない。 The reaction solvent used for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected from solvents that do not normally inhibit the reaction. For example, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, chloroform or 1,2-dichloroethane, ether solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, N , N-dimethylformamide or acetonitrile, with dichloromethane being preferred. Further, the acid itself may be used as a reaction solvent.

 脱保護反応に用いるアミド誘導体(XIII)の反応開始時の濃度は、0.01~100mol/Lが好ましい。 The concentration of the amide derivative (XIII) used for the deprotection reaction at the start of the reaction is preferably 0.01 to 100 mol / L.

 脱保護反応の反応温度は、-20℃~100℃が好ましく、15~60℃がより好ましい。 The reaction temperature of the deprotection reaction is preferably −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., more preferably 15 to 60 ° C.

 脱保護反応の反応時間は、反応温度等の条件に応じて適宜選択されるが、30分間~24時間が好ましい。 The reaction time for the deprotection reaction is appropriately selected according to the reaction temperature and other conditions, but preferably 30 minutes to 24 hours.

 本発明の医薬、並びに、てんかんの治療剤及び予防剤は、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩を有効成分とすることを特徴としている。 The medicament of the present invention and the therapeutic and prophylactic agent for epilepsy are characterized by containing a sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩は、脳中への移行性が高く、薬理活性を有するブメタニドに脳中で変換されること、さらに、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度が持続することから、ブメタニドのプロドラッグとして、医薬に使用できる。 The sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is converted into bumetanide having high translocation into the brain and having pharmacological activity, and further, the brain of the converted bumetanide. Since the medium concentration persists, it can be used in medicine as a prodrug of bumetanide.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩は、ブメタニドのカルボキシル基、アミノ基、又は、それら両方の基(カルボキシル基及びアミノ基)を化学修飾したブメタニドのプロドラッグである。その中でも、生体内又は作用部位に到達してから、酵素的又は非酵素的に変換を受ける部位を2箇所有するプロドラッグをブメタニドのダブルプロドラッグと呼び、変換を受ける部位を3箇所有するプロドラッグをブメタニドのトリプルプロドラッグと呼ぶ。ブメタニドのダブルプロドラッグは、例えば、ブメタニドのカルボキシル基及びアミノ基の両方に化学修飾を施したプロドラッグや、ブメタニドのアミノ基に2段階で変換を受けるように化学修飾を施したプロドラッグなどが挙げられる。また、ブメタニドのトリプルプロドラッグは、ブメタニドのカルボキシル基の化学修飾に加え、ブメタニドのアミノ基に2段階で変換を受けるように化学修飾を施したプロドラッグなどが挙げられる。ブメタニドのダブルプロドラッグとしては、例えば、実施例14~24及び26の化合物が挙げられる。また、ブメタニドのトリプルプロドラッグとしては、実施例25、27及び28の化合物が挙げられる。実施例14~28の化合物は、最終的に活性本体(薬物)であるブメタニドに変換される。 The sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a prodrug of bumetanide obtained by chemically modifying the carboxyl group, amino group, or both groups (carboxyl group and amino group) of bumetanide. . Among them, a prodrug having two sites that are converted enzymatically or non-enzymatically after reaching the living body or the site of action is called a double prodrug of bumetanide, and a prodrug having three sites to be converted Is called the triple prodrug of bumetanide. Examples of double prodrugs of bumetanide include prodrugs in which both the carboxyl group and amino group of bumetanide are chemically modified, and prodrugs that have been chemically modified so that the amino group of bumetanide undergoes transformation in two steps. Can be mentioned. Examples of triple prodrugs of bumetanide include prodrugs that are chemically modified so that the amino group of bumetanide undergoes transformation in two steps in addition to the chemical modification of the carboxyl group of bumetanide. Examples of the double prodrug of bumetanide include the compounds of Examples 14 to 24 and 26. Examples of the triple prodrug of bumetanide include the compounds of Examples 25, 27 and 28. The compounds of Examples 14-28 are finally converted to bumetanide, which is the active body (drug).

 ブメタニドは、ナトリウムイオン(Na)、カリウムイオン(K)又は塩素イオン(Cl)を細胞内に取り込む経細胞イオン輸送や、これら輸送に伴う細胞容積調節機構に関与するNKCC1及びNKCC2を阻害する作用を有していること、また、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩は、脳中移行性及び変換後のブメタニドの脳中濃度持続性が優れていることから、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩は、中枢においてNKCC1及びNKCC2が関与する疾患の治療剤又は予防剤として用いることができる。このような疾患としては、例えば、NKCC1が関与する疾患であるてんかんが挙げられ、好ましくは、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩は、てんかんの治療剤及び予防剤として用いることができる。より好ましくは、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩は、脳又は頭部外傷、脳炎、出生時の酸素欠乏症又は外傷、脳卒中(脳出血又は脳梗塞)、脳腫瘍、脳血管障害、脳の感染症、脳の発生異常、高熱、アルコール乱用、薬物乱用によって引き起こされる、てんかんの治療剤及び予防剤として用いることができる。 Bumetanide inhibits NKCC1 and NKCC2, which are involved in transcellular ion transport that takes sodium ion (Na + ), potassium ion (K + ), or chloride ion (Cl ) into the cell, and the cell volume regulation mechanism that accompanies these transports In addition, the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has excellent ability to migrate into the brain and sustain the concentration of bumetanide in the brain after conversion. Therefore, the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used as a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for diseases involving NKCC1 and NKCC2 in the center. Examples of such diseases include epilepsy which is a disease in which NKCC1 is involved. Preferably, the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for epilepsy. Can be used as More preferably, the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is brain or head trauma, encephalitis, hypoxia or trauma at birth, stroke (cerebral hemorrhage or cerebral infarction), brain tumor, brain It can be used as a therapeutic and prophylactic agent for epilepsy caused by vascular disorders, brain infections, brain development abnormalities, high fever, alcohol abuse, drug abuse.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩のてんかんに対する治療効果及び予防効果は、例えば、特許文献2又は非特許文献3に記載されている方法を用いて、一定時間におけるラットのてんかん発作の減少を指標として確認できる。 The therapeutic effect and preventive effect on epilepsy of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be measured, for example, using a method described in Patent Document 2 or Non-Patent Document 3 at a predetermined time. A decrease in epileptic seizures in rats can be confirmed as an index.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩の抗てんかん作用が持続するためには、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩から変換されたブメタニドが、長時間、脳中に留まってNKCC1を阻害することが重要である。したがって、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩の抗てんかん作用が持続することは、例えば、ラットにスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩を投与し、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩から変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度の上昇及び持続性、並びに、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度/血漿中濃度の百分率(%)を評価することで確認できる。また、例えば、カニクイザルにスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩を投与し、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩から変換されたブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度の上昇及び持続性、並びに、変換されたブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度/血漿中濃度の百分率(%)を評価することで確認できる。また、脳脊髄液中の薬物はタンパク質非結合状態で存在するが(Lange、Journal of Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics 2013年、第40巻、p.315-326)、血漿中のブメタニドの95%は血漿タンパク質に結合している(Pentikainenら、British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology、1977年、第4巻、p.39-44)こと、また、薬物の効果は血漿タンパク質との結合のしやすさに影響を受けることから、薬理活性を有するブメタニドの脳移行性の指標として実質により近い値として算出した、タンパク質非結合状態のブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度/血漿中濃度の百分率(%)を評価することで確認できる。 In order to maintain the antiepileptic action of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, bumetanide converted from the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof However, it is important to remain in the brain for a long time and inhibit NKCC1. Therefore, the antiepileptic action of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is maintained, for example, when the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to a rat. Rise and persistence in the brain concentration of bumetanide converted from the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the brain concentration / plasma concentration of the converted bumetanide This can be confirmed by evaluating the percentage (%). Further, for example, sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to cynomolgus monkey, and bumetanide converted from sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof It can be confirmed by evaluating the rise and persistence of cerebrospinal fluid concentration, and the percentage of cerebrospinal fluid concentration / plasma concentration of converted bumetanide. In addition, although drugs in cerebrospinal fluid exist in a protein non-binding state (Lange, Journal of Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics 2013, 40, p.315-326), 95% of bumetanide in plasma is in plasma protein. (Pentikainen et al., British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 1977, Vol. 4, p. 39-44), and the effect of drugs is influenced by the ease of binding to plasma proteins. Confirmed by evaluating the percentage of cerebrospinal fluid concentration / plasma concentration of non-protein bound bumetanide calculated as a value closer to the substance as an indicator of brain migration of bumetanide with pharmacological activity it can.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩は、脳中移行性が優れており、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度/血漿中濃度の百分率(%)が高いことから、ブメタニドが腎臓ヘンレ上行脚に存在するNKCC2を阻害することによる利尿作用が軽減され、てんかんの治療剤及び予防剤として好ましく使用できる。 Since the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has excellent ability to migrate into the brain and the percentage of the converted bumetanide in the brain / plasma concentration is high, The diuretic effect of bumetanide inhibiting NKCC2 present in the ascending limb of kidney henle is reduced, and it can be preferably used as a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for epilepsy.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩の脳移行性は、例えば、簡便な方法として、血液脳関門再構築モデルとして市販されているBBB kit(ファーマコセル株式会社)を用いることで予測できる。BBB kitとは、血液脳関門の構成細胞である脳毛細血管内皮細胞、周皮細胞(ペリサイト)及び星状神経膠細胞(アストロサイト)の3種類の細胞により構成されており、生体内での生理的なBBB特性を保持しているものである。 The brain translocation of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof uses, for example, a BBB kit (Pharmacocell Co., Ltd.) marketed as a blood brain barrier remodeling model as a simple method. Can be predicted. BBB kit is composed of three types of cells: brain capillary endothelial cells, pericytes (perisite) and astrocytes (astrocytes), which are constituent cells of the blood-brain barrier. These physiological BBB characteristics are maintained.

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩を経口投与して用いる場合、脳移行性を高めるためには、経口吸収性が優れていることも重要である。スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩の経口吸収性は、例えば、簡便な方法として、Caco-2細胞単層培養を用いることで予測できる。Caco-2細胞は、ヒト結腸悪性腫瘍から単離された細胞で、フィルター上で培養すると単層膜を形成する。その単層膜表面には微絨毛突起を持った刷子縁、細胞間には密着帯が存在し、小腸の上皮細胞と同様の形態を有する。薬物を経口投与した際の吸収性とCaco-2細胞培養膜透過性は、良好な相関を示すことが報告されており、in vivoでの吸収をより簡便に予測するための腸管上皮細胞モデルとして繁用されている(Artursson Pら、Adv Drug Deliv Rev、2001年、第46巻、p.27-43)。 When the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is used by oral administration, it is also important that oral absorbability is excellent in order to enhance brain migration. The oral absorbability of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be predicted, for example, by using Caco-2 cell monolayer culture as a simple method. Caco-2 cells are cells isolated from human colon malignancies and form a monolayer when cultured on a filter. On the surface of the monolayer, there are brush borders with microvillous processes, and there are cohesive bands between cells, which have the same morphology as epithelial cells of the small intestine. It has been reported that the absorptivity when a drug is orally administered and the permeability of a Caco-2 cell culture membrane show a good correlation, and as an intestinal epithelial cell model for more easily predicting in vivo absorption. (Arthursson P, et al., Adv Drug Deliv Rev, 2001, 46, p. 27-43).

 スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩を、医薬として用いる場合は、そのまま、又は、適当な剤形の医薬組成物として、哺乳動物(例えば、マウス、ラット、ハムスター、ウサギ、イヌ、サル、ウシ、ヒツジ又はヒト)に対して投与することができる。 When the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is used as a medicine, it can be used as it is or as a pharmaceutical composition in an appropriate dosage form as a mammal (eg, mouse, rat, hamster, Rabbit, dog, monkey, cow, sheep or human).

 上記の医薬は、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩の1種以上と、通常製剤化に用いられる薬剤用担体、賦形剤又はその他添加剤を用いて、常法に従って調製することができる。投与は、錠剤、丸剤、カプセル剤、顆粒剤、散剤若しくは液剤等による経口投与、あるいは、静注若しくは筋注等の注射剤又は坐剤、経鼻、経粘膜若しくは経皮等による非経口投与のいずれの形態であってもよい。スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩がダブルプロドラッグ又はトリプルプロドラッグである場合は、経口吸収性が特に優れているため、経口投与の医薬として用いることが好ましい。 The above medicaments are usually prepared using one or more of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutical carrier, excipient or other additive usually used for formulation. It can be prepared according to the method. Administration is oral by tablet, pill, capsule, granule, powder or liquid, or parenteral administration by injection or suppository such as intravenous or intramuscular injection, nasal, transmucosal or transdermal. Either form may be sufficient. When the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a double prodrug or triple prodrug, it is preferably used as an orally-administered drug because of its particularly excellent oral absorbability.

 上記の医薬の経口投与のための固体組成物としては、錠剤、散剤又は顆粒剤等を用いることができる。このような固体組成物においては、1種以上のスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩が、少なくとも1種の不活性な希釈剤(例えば、乳糖、マンニトール、ブドウ糖、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、微結晶セルロース、デンプン、ポリビニルピロリドン又はメタケイ酸アルミン酸マグネシウム)と混合される。組成物は、常法に従って、不活性な希釈剤以外の添加剤(例えば、ステアリン酸マグネシウム等の滑沢剤、繊維素グリコール酸カルシウム等の崩壊剤、安定化剤又は溶解補助剤)を含有していてもよい。錠剤又は丸剤は、必要によりショ糖、ゼラチン、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース若しくはヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロースフタレート等の糖衣、又は、胃溶性若しくは腸溶性のフィルムで被覆してもよい。 As a solid composition for oral administration of the above-mentioned medicine, tablets, powders, granules, or the like can be used. In such a solid composition, one or more sulfamoylbenzene derivatives (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is at least one inert diluent (eg lactose, mannitol, glucose, Hydroxypropylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or magnesium aluminate metasilicate). The composition contains additives other than inert diluents (for example, lubricants such as magnesium stearate, disintegrating agents such as calcium calcium glycolate, stabilizers or solubilizers) according to a conventional method. It may be. Tablets or pills may be coated with sugar coating such as sucrose, gelatin, hydroxypropylcellulose or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate, or a gastric or enteric film, if necessary.

 上記の医薬の経口投与のための液体組成物は、薬剤的に許容される乳濁剤、溶液剤、懸濁剤、シロップ剤又はエリキシル剤等や、一般的に用いられる不活性な希釈剤(例えば精製水又はエタノール)を含有していてもよい。また、この組成物は不活性な希釈剤以外に、湿潤剤若しくは懸濁剤のような補助剤、甘味剤、風味剤、芳香剤又は防腐剤を含有していてもよい。 Liquid compositions for oral administration of the above pharmaceuticals include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups or elixirs, and generally used inert diluents ( For example, it may contain purified water or ethanol). In addition to the inert diluent, the composition may contain an adjuvant such as a wetting agent or a suspending agent, a sweetening agent, a flavoring agent, a fragrance, or a preservative.

 上記の医薬の非経口投与のための注射剤は、無菌の水性若しくは非水性の溶液剤、懸濁剤又は乳濁剤を含有していてもよい。水性の溶液剤又は懸濁剤としては、例えば、注射用蒸留水又は生理食塩水が挙げられる。非水性の溶液剤又は懸濁剤としては、例えば、プロピレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール若しくはオリーブ油等の植物油、エタノール等のアルコール類又はポリソルベート80(局方名)が挙げられる。このような組成物は、さらに、防腐剤、湿潤剤、乳化剤、分散剤、安定剤又は溶解補助剤等の補助剤を含有していてもよい。上記注射剤は、製造の過程で、例えば、バクテリア保留フィルターを通して濾過、又は、殺菌剤の配合若しくは照射によって無菌化されうる。また、上記注射剤は、無菌の固体組成物として製造され、使用前に無菌水又は無菌の注射用溶媒に溶解して使用することもできる。 The above-mentioned injection for parenteral administration of a medicine may contain a sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solution, suspension or emulsion. Examples of the aqueous solution or suspension include distilled water for injection or physiological saline. Examples of the non-aqueous solution or suspension include vegetable oils such as propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol or olive oil, alcohols such as ethanol, or polysorbate 80 (Pharmacopoeia name). Such a composition may further contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifiers, dispersants, stabilizers or solubilizers. The injection can be sterilized in the course of manufacture, for example, by filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter, or by adding a germicide or irradiation. Moreover, the said injection is manufactured as a sterilized solid composition, and can also be melt | dissolved and used for the sterilized water or the sterilized solvent for injection before use.

 上記の医薬は、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩を、0.001~99重量%含有することが好ましく、0.01~99重量%含有することがより好ましい。スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩の、有効投与量及び投与回数は、投与形態、患者の年齢、体重又は治療すべき症状の性質若しくは重篤度によっても異なるが、静脈投与される場合は、通常、1日の投与量は体重あたり約0.0001~100mg/kg、好ましくは約0.001~10mg/kgを、1日1回又は複数回に分けて投与することができ、経口投与の場合は、通常、1日の投与量は、体重あたり約0.01~1000mg/kg、好ましくは0.1~100mg/kgを、1日1回又は複数回に分けて投与することができる。 The above medicament preferably contains 0.001 to 99% by weight, more preferably 0.01 to 99% by weight, of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. . The effective dosage and frequency of administration of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof varies depending on the dosage form, the age, weight of the patient, or the nature or severity of the condition to be treated. When administered intravenously, the daily dose is usually about 0.0001 to 100 mg / kg per body weight, preferably about 0.001 to 10 mg / kg, once a day or divided into multiple doses. In the case of oral administration, the daily dose is usually about 0.01 to 1000 mg / kg, preferably 0.1 to 100 mg / kg per body weight once or several times a day. Can be administered separately.

 なお、上記の医薬は、単独で投与してもよいが、疾患の予防効果若しくは治療効果の補完又は増強、あるいは投与量の低減のために、他の薬剤と配合するか、他の薬剤と併用して使用することもできる。 The above medicines may be administered alone, but may be combined with other drugs or used in combination with other drugs in order to supplement or enhance the preventive or therapeutic effect of the disease or reduce the dose. Can also be used.

 配合又は併用し得る他の薬剤(以下、併用薬剤)としては、例えば、てんかんの予防剤又は治療剤が挙げられる。 Examples of other drugs that can be combined or used together (hereinafter referred to as combined drugs) include, for example, preventive or therapeutic agents for epilepsy.

 上記の医薬を併用薬剤と併用して使用する場合には、上記の医薬及び併用薬剤の投与時期は特に限定されず、これらを投与対象に対して同時に投与してもよいし、時間差をおいて投与しても構わない。併用薬剤の投与量は、臨床上用いられている投与量を基準として、適宜選択することができる。 When using the above medicines in combination with a concomitant drug, the administration time of the above medicine and the concomitant drug is not particularly limited, and these may be administered simultaneously to the administration subject, with a time difference. May be administered. The dose of the concomitant drug can be appropriately selected based on the clinically used dose.

 上記の医薬と併用薬剤との配合比は、投与対象、投与ルート、対象疾患、症状、又は、上記の医薬と併用薬剤との組み合わせ等により適宜選択することができる。例えば、投与対象がヒトである場合には、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩に対し、併用薬剤を0.01~99.99の配合比で用いればよい。 The compounding ratio of the above medicine and the concomitant drug can be appropriately selected depending on the administration subject, administration route, target disease, symptom, combination of the above medicine and concomitant drug, and the like. For example, when the administration subject is a human, the concomitant drug may be used at a compounding ratio of 0.01 to 99.99 with respect to the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

 上記の医薬と併用するてんかんの治療剤又は予防剤としては、例えば、フェノバルビタール、プリミドン、メタルビタール、エトトイン、フェニトイン、エトスクシミド、アセタゾラミド、スルチアム、ゾニサミド、クロナゼパム、ジアゼパム、ニトラゼパム、ミダゾラム、クロバザム、バルプロ酸ナトリウム、カルバマゼピン、ガバペンチン、トピラマート又はラモトリギンレベチラセタムが挙げられる。 Examples of the epilepsy therapeutic or prophylactic agent used in combination with the above-mentioned medicine include phenobarbital, primidone, metalbital, ethoin, phenytoin, ethosuximide, acetazolamide, sultiam, zonisamide, clonazepam, diazepam, nitrazepam, midazolam, clobazam, valproic acid Sodium, carbamazepine, gabapentin, topiramate or lamotrigine levetiracetam.

 以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらの実施例により何ら制限されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.

 600MHz NMRスペクトルは、ブルカー・バイオスピン株式会社製装置を用いて測定した。ケミカルシフトは、テトラメチルシランを基準として、δ(単位:ppm)で表し、シグナルはそれぞれs(一重線)、d(二重線)、t(三重線)、br(幅広)で表した。 The 600 MHz NMR spectrum was measured using an apparatus manufactured by Bruker BioSpin Corporation. The chemical shift is represented by δ (unit: ppm) based on tetramethylsilane, and the signals are represented by s (single line), d (double line), t (triple line), and br (wide), respectively.

 ESI-MSスペクトルはアジレント・テクノロジー社製装置四重極LC/MSシステムを用いて測定した。 The ESI-MS spectrum was measured using a quadrupole LC / MS system manufactured by Agilent Technologies.

 反応溶媒は、全て市販のものを使用した。 All commercially available reaction solvents were used.

 化合物の精製はカラムクロマトグラフィーで行い、特に記載がない場合には、シリカゲルを用いた。 The compound was purified by column chromatography, and silica gel was used unless otherwise specified.

 また、化合物の精製をHPLCによる分取で行う場合は、カラムはダイソーゲル(商標登録;250×20mm、C18、10μm)を用いた。 In addition, Daisogel (trademark registration; 250 × 20 mm, C18, 10 μm) was used as the column when the compound was purified by HPLC fractionation.

 参考例化合物に使用される化合物で、合成法の記載のないものについては、市販されている化合物を使用した。 For the compounds used in the Reference Example compounds, for which no synthesis method is described, commercially available compounds were used.

(実施例1)
3-(N-(2-アミノアセチル)スルファモイル)-5-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ安息香酸(以下、実施例1の化合物)の合成:
[ステップ1]
4-メトキシベンジル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイルベンゾエート(以下、参考例1の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 室温下、ブメタニド(1.28g、3.5mmol)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(10mL)溶液に、トリエチルアミン(0.488mL、3.5mmol)、パラメトキシベンジルクロリド(0.71g、4.55mmol)を順次加え、70℃で一晩撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水、1mol/Lの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で順次洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣を酢酸エチル(10mL/g)で15分間洗浄し、ろ過する作業を4回繰り返し、参考例1の化合物を1.22g(72%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl) 
δ:0.80(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),1.11-1.15(2H,m),1.38-1.41(2H,m),3.08(2H,t,J=6.6Hz),3.82(3H,s),4.88(2H,s),5.31(2H,s),6.91(4H,d,J=7.8Hz),7.09(1H,t,J=7.2Hz),7.30(2H,t,J=7.2Hz),7.39(2H,d,J=8.4Hz),7.58(1H,s),7.96(1H,s). (Example 1)
Synthesis of 3- (N- (2-aminoacetyl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino) -4-phenoxybenzoic acid (hereinafter, the compound of Example 1):
[Step 1]
Synthesis of 4-methoxybenzyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoate (hereinafter, the compound of Reference Example 1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
At room temperature, a solution of bumetanide (1.28 g, 3.5 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added to triethylamine (0.488 mL, 3.5 mmol), paramethoxybenzyl chloride (0.71 g, 4.55 mmol). Were sequentially added and stirred at 70 ° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with water and 1 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was washed with ethyl acetate (10 mL / g) for 15 minutes and filtered four times to obtain 1.22 g (72%) of the compound of Reference Example 1.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.80 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.11-1.15 (2H, m), 1.38-1.41 (2H, m), 3.08 (2H, t , J = 6.6 Hz), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.88 (2H, s), 5.31 (2H, s), 6.91 (4H, d, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.09 (1H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.30 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.39 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.58 (1H , S), 7.96 (1H, s).

[ステップ2]
実施例1の化合物の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 室温下、参考例1の化合物(0.485g、1mmol)とN―(tert―ブトキシカルボニル)グリシン(0.263g、1.5mmol)のジクロロメタン(10mL)溶液に、DCC(0.412g、2mmol)、DMAP(0.012g、0.1mmol)を順次加え、室温で一晩撹拌した。反応混合物に水を加え、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(石油エーテル/酢酸エチル=67/33)で精製し、4-メトキシベンジル 3-(N-(2-((tert―ブトキシカルボニル)アミノ)アセチル)スルファモイル)-5-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシベンゾエートを0.313g(49%)得た。得られた化合物(0.313g、0.483mmol)のトリフルオロ酢酸(5mL)溶液に、アニソールを2滴加え、室温で30分間撹拌し、反応混合物を濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(オクタデシルシリル化シリカゲルを使用 メタノール/0.1%ギ酸水溶液=65/35)で精製し、実施例1の化合物を0.141g(70%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDOD)
δ:0.84(3H,t,J=6.6Hz),1.15-1.20(2H,m),1.31-1.48(2H,m),3.13(2H,t,J=6.6Hz),3.20(2H,s),6.93(2H,d,J=7.2Hz),7.11(1H,t,J=6.6Hz),7.35(2H,t,J=6.0Hz),7.65(1H,s),8.03(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])420. [Step 2]
Synthesis of the compound of Example 1:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
At room temperature, DCC (0.412 g, 2 mmol) was added to a solution of the compound of Reference Example 1 (0.485 g, 1 mmol) and N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) glycine (0.263 g, 1.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL). , DMAP (0.012 g, 0.1 mmol) was sequentially added and stirred at room temperature overnight. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 67/33) and 4-methoxybenzyl 3- (N- (2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl) amino) acetyl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butyl 0.313 g (49%) of amino) -4-phenoxybenzoate was obtained. Two drops of anisole were added to a solution of the obtained compound (0.313 g, 0.483 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL), the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (using octadecylsilylated silica gel, methanol / 0.1% aqueous formic acid = 65/35) to obtain 0.141 g (70%) of the compound of Example 1.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CD 3 OD)
δ: 0.84 (3H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.15-1.20 (2H, m), 1.31-1.48 (2H, m), 3.13 (2H, t , J = 6.6 Hz), 3.20 (2H, s), 6.93 (2H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.11 (1H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 7.35. (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 7.65 (1H, s), 8.03 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 420.

(実施例2)
(S)-3-(N-(2-アミノ-3-メチルブタノイル)スルファモイル)-5-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ安息香酸(以下、実施例2の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 参考例1の化合物とN―(tert―ブトキシカルボニル)バリンを用いて、実施例1と同様の手順により、実施例2の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d
δ:0.77(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),0.81(3H,d,J=7.2Hz),0.92(3H,d,J=7.2Hz),1.07-1.11(2H,m),1.31-1.38(2H,m),2.15-2.25(1H,m),3.02-3.18(3H,m),4.86(1H,brs),6.80(2H,d,J=8.4Hz),7.02(1H,t,J=8.4Hz),7.28(2H,t,J=7.8Hz),7.41(1H,s),7.81(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])462. (Example 2)
Synthesis of (S) -3- (N- (2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino) -4-phenoxybenzoic acid (hereinafter, the compound of Example 2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Using the compound of Reference Example 1 and N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) valine, the compound of Example 2 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 1.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )
δ: 0.77 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.81 (3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.92 (3H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.07 -1.11 (2H, m), 1.31-1.38 (2H, m), 2.15-2.25 (1H, m), 3.02-3.18 (3H, m), 4 .86 (1H, brs), 6.80 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.02 (1H, t, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.28 (2H, t, J = 7. 8 Hz), 7.41 (1H, s), 7.81 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 462.

(実施例3)
3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)安息香酸(以下、実施例3の化合物)の合成:
[ステップ1]
ベンジル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイルベンゾエート(以下、参考例2の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 室温下、ブメタニド(0.364g、1mmol)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(5mL)溶液に、トリエチルアミン(0.11g、1.1mmol)、ベンジルクロリド(0.139g、1.1mmol)を順次加え、70℃で8時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、冷水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を塩化アンモニウム水溶液、炭酸カリウム水溶液、水で順次洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮し、参考例2の化合物を0.380g(84%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.81(3H,t,J=6.6Hz),1.14(2H,m),1.40(2H,m),3.09(2H,t,J=6.8Hz),4.91(2H,s),5.38(2H,s),6.91(2H,d,J=7.2Hz),7.10(1H,t,J=8.4Hz),7.30(2H,t,J=8.4Hz),7.35(1H,d,J=7.2Hz),7.39(2H,t,J=7.2Hz),7.45(2H,d,J=12Hz),7.59(1H,s),7.98(1H,d,J=7.2Hz). (Example 3)
3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- Yl) sulfamoyl) benzoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 3):
[Step 1]
Synthesis of benzyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoate (hereinafter, the compound of Reference Example 2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Triethylamine (0.11 g, 1.1 mmol) and benzyl chloride (0.139 g, 1.1 mmol) were sequentially added to a solution of bumetanide (0.364 g, 1 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) at room temperature, Stir at 70 ° C. for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, cold water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with an aqueous ammonium chloride solution, an aqueous potassium carbonate solution and water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain 0.380 g (84%) of the compound of Reference Example 2.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.81 (3H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.14 (2H, m), 1.40 (2H, m), 3.09 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 4.91 (2H, s), 5.38 (2H, s), 6.91 (2H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.10 (1H, t, J = 8.4 Hz), 7. 30 (2H, t, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.35 (1H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.39 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.45 (2H, d , J = 12 Hz), 7.59 (1H, s), 7.98 (1H, d, J = 7.2 Hz).

[ステップ2]
実施例3の化合物の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 参考例2の化合物(0.454g、1mmol)と1,2,3,4,6-ペンタ-O-アセチル-D-グルコピラノース(0.390g、1mmol)のトルエン(40mL)溶液に、室温下、三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体(0.5mL)を加え、90℃で2時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、冷水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(石油エーテル/酢酸エチル=75/25)で精製し、(2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(アセトキシメチル)-6-(5-((ベンジルオキシ)カルボニル)-3-(ブチルアミノ)-2-フェノキシフェニルスルホンアミド)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-3,4,5-トリイル トリアセテートを0.091g(12%)得た。得られた化合物(0.078g、0.1mmol)のメタノール(10mL)溶液に、10重量%パラジウム/炭素(0.01g)を加え、水素雰囲気下、室温で一晩撹拌した。反応混合物をセライトろ過し、メタノールで洗浄した。ろ液に炭酸カリウム(0.138g、1mmol)を加え、室温で2時間撹拌した。反応混合物に水(5mL)を加え、カラムクロマトグラフィー(オクタデシルシリル化シリカゲルを使用 メタノール/水=60/40)で精製し、実施例3の化合物を0.034g(65%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDOD)
δ:0.85(3H,t,7.4Hz),1.16-1.25(2H,m),1.42-1.50(2H,m),3.13(2H,t,J=6.8Hz),3.19-3.26(2H,m),3.28-3.43(2H,m),3.57(2H,dd,J=3.6Hz,20.0Hz),4.56(1H,d,J=8.9Hz),6.93(2H,d,J=7.9Hz),7.07(1H,t,J=7.4Hz),7.31(2H,t,J=8.0Hz),7.60(1H,s),7.99(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])525. [Step 2]
Synthesis of the compound of Example 3:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
To a solution of the compound of Reference Example 2 (0.454 g, 1 mmol) and 1,2,3,4,6-penta-O-acetyl-D-glucopyranose (0.390 g, 1 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) at room temperature. , Boron trifluoride ether complex (0.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, cold water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 75/25) and (2R, 3R, 4S, 5R) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6- (5-((benzyloxy) carbonyl)- 0.091 g (12%) of 3- (butylamino) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triyl triacetate was obtained. To a solution of the obtained compound (0.078 g, 0.1 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added 10 wt% palladium / carbon (0.01 g), and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature in a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and washed with methanol. To the filtrate was added potassium carbonate (0.138 g, 1 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, which was purified by column chromatography (using octadecylsilylated silica gel, methanol / water = 60/40) to obtain 0.034 g (65%) of the compound of Example 3.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CD 3 OD)
δ: 0.85 (3H, t, 7.4 Hz), 1.16-1.25 (2H, m), 1.42-1.50 (2H, m), 3.13 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 3.19-3.26 (2H, m), 3.28-3.43 (2H, m), 3.57 (2H, dd, J = 3.6 Hz, 20.0 Hz) , 4.56 (1H, d, J = 8.9 Hz), 6.93 (2H, d, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.07 (1H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.31 ( 2H, t, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.60 (1H, s), 7.99 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 525.

(実施例4)
3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5R,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)安息香酸(以下、実施例4の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 参考例2の化合物と1,2,3,4,6-ペンタ-O-アセチル-D-ガラクトピラノースを用いて、実施例3と同様の手順により、実施例4の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDOD)
δ:0.85(3H,t,J=7.4Hz),1.16-1.22(2H,m),1.42-1.50(2H,m),3.11-3.18(2H,m),3.28-3.38(2H,m),3.42-3.47(1H,m),3.49-3.55(2H,m),3.78-3.95(1H,m),4.51(1H,d,J=8.5Hz),6.94(2H,d,J=7.7Hz),7.07(1H,t,J=7.3Hz),7.31(2H,t,J=8.0Hz),7.59(1H,s),7.96(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])525. Example 4
3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5R, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- Yl) sulfamoyl) benzoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 4):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
The compound of Example 4 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 3 using the compound of Reference Example 2 and 1,2,3,4,6-penta-O-acetyl-D-galactopyranose.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CD 3 OD)
δ: 0.85 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.16-1.22 (2H, m), 1.42-1.50 (2H, m), 3.11-3.18 (2H, m), 3.28-3.38 (2H, m), 3.42-3.47 (1H, m), 3.49-3.55 (2H, m), 3.78-3 .95 (1H, m), 4.51 (1H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.07 (1H, t, J = 7. 3 Hz), 7.31 (2H, t, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.59 (1 H, s), 7.96 (1 H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 525.

(実施例5)
3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3S,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)安息香酸(以下、実施例5の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 参考例2の化合物と1,2,3,4,6-ペンタ-O-アセチル-D-マンノピラノースを用いて、実施例3と同様の手順により、実施例5の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDOD)
δ:0.85(3H,t,J=7.4Hz),1.16-1.25(2H,m),1.42-1.50(2H,m),3.13(3H,t,J=6.8Hz),3.47-3.51(1H,m),3.53-3.68(3H,m),3.72-3.76(1H,m),4.82-4.88(1H,m),6.92(2H,d,J=7.9Hz),7.09(1H,t,J=7.3Hz),7.32(2H,t,J=8.0Hz),7.61(1H,s),7.93 (1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])525. (Example 5)
3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3S, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- Yl) sulfamoyl) benzoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 5):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
The compound of Example 5 was synthesized by the same procedure as in Example 3 using the compound of Reference Example 2 and 1,2,3,4,6-penta-O-acetyl-D-mannopyranose.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CD 3 OD)
δ: 0.85 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.16-1.25 (2H, m), 1.42-1.50 (2H, m), 3.13 (3H, t , J = 6.8 Hz), 3.47-3.51 (1H, m), 3.53-3.68 (3H, m), 3.72-3.76 (1H, m), 4.82 -4.88 (1H, m), 6.92 (2H, d, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.09 (1H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 7.32 (2H, t, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.61 (1H, s), 7.93 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 525.

(実施例6)
3-(ブチルアミノ)-5-(N-((4R,5S,6R)-4,5-ジヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)-4-フェノキシ安息香酸(以下、実施例6の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 参考例2の化合物と1,3,4,6-テトラ-O-アセチル-2-デオキシ-D-グルコピラノースを用いて、実施例3と同様の手順により、実施例6の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d
δ:0.71(3H,t,J=7.0Hz),1.00-1.08(2H,m),1.27-1.36(2H,m),1.40-1.50(1H,m),1.75-1.82(1H,m),2.95-3.05(4H,m),3.12-3.20(1H,m),3.36-3.45(2H,m),4.59(1H,d,J=10.8Hz),6.79(2H,d,J=7.7Hz),7.02(1H,t,J=7.1Hz),7.27(2H,t,J=7.4Hz),7.41(1H,s),7.70(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])509. (Example 6)
3- (Butylamino) -5- (N-((4R, 5S, 6R) -4,5-dihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) -4-phenoxybenzoic acid Synthesis of acid (hereinafter, compound of Example 6):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
The compound of Example 6 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 3 using the compound of Reference Example 2 and 1,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )
δ: 0.71 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.00-1.08 (2H, m), 1.27-1.36 (2H, m), 1.40-1.50 (1H, m), 1.75-1.82 (1H, m), 2.95-3.05 (4H, m), 3.12-3.20 (1H, m), 3.36-3 .45 (2H, m), 4.59 (1H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 6.79 (2H, d, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.02 (1H, t, J = 7. 1 Hz), 7.27 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.41 (1 H, s), 7.70 (1 H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 509.

(実施例7)
3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイル-N-(((2R,3S,4S,5S)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-メトキシテトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)メチル)ベンズアミド(以下、実施例7の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 ブメタニド(0.364g、1mmol)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(5mL)溶液に、EDCI(0.230g、1.2mmol)、1-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール(0.162g、1.2mmol)を順次加え、0℃で1時間撹拌した。反応混合物に、メチル-6-アミノ-6-デオキシ-D-マンノピラノシド(0.193g、1mmol)の水溶液(2mL)を加え、室温で4時間撹拌し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(オクダデシルシリル化シリカゲルを使用 メタノール/水=60/40)で精製し、実施例7の化合物を0.28g(52%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.76(3H,t,J=7.3Hz),1.04-1.12(2H,m),1.30-1.40(2H,m),3.03(2H,t,J=6.8Hz),3.27(3H,s),3.40-3.50(1H,m),3.60-3.68(2H,m),3.72-3.90(2H,m),3.94-4.02(1H,m),4.59(1H,d,J=3.6Hz),5.72(2H,brs),6.86(2H,d,J=8.0Hz),7.03(1H,t,J=7.4Hz),7.23(2H,t,J=7.8Hz),7.36(1H,s),7.61(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M+H])540. (Example 7)
3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoyl-N-(((2R, 3S, 4S, 5S) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl ) Synthesis of methyl) benzamide (hereinafter the compound of Example 7):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
To a solution of bumetanide (0.364 g, 1 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL), EDCI (0.230 g, 1.2 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.162 g, 1.2 mmol) were sequentially added. Stir at 0 ° C. for 1 hour. To the reaction mixture was added an aqueous solution (2 mL) of methyl-6-amino-6-deoxy-D-mannopyranoside (0.193 g, 1 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (using okdadecyl silylated silica gel, methanol / water = 60/40) to obtain 0.28 g (52%) of the compound of Example 7.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.76 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.04-1.12 (2H, m), 1.30-1.40 (2H, m), 3.03 (2H, t , J = 6.8 Hz), 3.27 (3H, s), 3.40-3.50 (1H, m), 3.60-3.68 (2H, m), 3.72-3.90. (2H, m), 3.94-4.02 (1H, m), 4.59 (1H, d, J = 3.6 Hz), 5.72 (2H, brs), 6.86 (2H, d , J = 8.0 Hz), 7.03 (1H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.23 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.36 (1H, s), 7.61 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M + H] < +>) 540.

(実施例8)
3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイル-N-((3R,4R,5S,6R)-2,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-3-イル)ベンズアミド(以下、実施例8の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 ブメタニドと2-アミノ-2-デオキシ-D-グルコピラノースを用いて、実施例7と同様の手順により、実施例8の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d
δ:0.72(3H,t,J=6.6Hz),0.98-1.10(2H,m),1.28-1.42(2H,m),3.04(2H,t,J=6.8Hz),3.12-3.38(1H,m),3.50-3.60(1H,m),3.60-3.75(2H,m),3.75-3.90(2H,m),5.05-5.20(1H,m),6.82(2H,d,J=8.0Hz),7.01(1H,t,J=7.4Hz),7.25(2H,t,J=7.8Hz),7.40(1H,s),7.58(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M+H])526. (Example 8)
3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoyl-N-((3R, 4R, 5S, 6R) -2,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3 Synthesis of -yl) benzamide (hereinafter the compound of Example 8):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
The compound of Example 8 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 7 using bumetanide and 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )
δ: 0.72 (3H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.98-1.10 (2H, m), 1.28-1.42 (2H, m), 3.04 (2H, t , J = 6.8 Hz), 3.12-3.38 (1H, m), 3.50-3.60 (1H, m), 3.60-3.75 (2H, m), 3.75 -3.90 (2H, m), 5.05-5.20 (1H, m), 6.82 (2H, d, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.01 (1H, t, J = 7. 4 Hz), 7.25 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.40 (1 H, s), 7.58 (1 H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M + H] + ) 526.

(実施例9)
3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイル-N-(((2R,3S,4S,5R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-メトキシテトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)メチル)ベンズアミド(以下、実施例9の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 ブメタニドとメチル-6-アミノ-6-デオキシ-D-グルコピラノシドを用いて、実施例7と同様の手順により、実施例9の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d
δ:0.77(3H,t,J=7.3Hz),1.06-1.20(2H,m),1.30-1.40(2H,m),2.98(2H,t,J=6.8Hz),3.05-3.12(2H,m),3.18-3.25(1H,m),3.30-3.40(1H,m),3.39(3H,s),3.52-3.60(1H,m),3.70-3.82(1H,m),4.55(1H,d,J=3.6Hz),6.84(2H,d,J=7.8Hz),7.00(1H,t,J=7.3Hz),7.26(2H,t,J=7.8Hz),7.39(1H,s),7.61(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M+H])540. Example 9
3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoyl-N-(((2R, 3S, 4S, 5R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl ) Synthesis of methyl) benzamide (hereinafter the compound of Example 9):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
The compound of Example 9 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 7 using bumetanide and methyl-6-amino-6-deoxy-D-glucopyranoside.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )
δ: 0.77 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.06-1.20 (2H, m), 1.30-1.40 (2H, m), 2.98 (2H, t , J = 6.8 Hz), 3.05-3.12 (2H, m), 3.18-3.25 (1H, m), 3.30-3.40 (1H, m), 3.39. (3H, s), 3.52-3.60 (1H, m), 3.70-3.82 (1H, m), 4.55 (1H, d, J = 3.6 Hz), 6.84 (2H, d, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.00 (1H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 7.26 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.39 (1H, s) , 7.61 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M + H] < +>) 540.

(実施例10)
3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイル-N-(((2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-メトキシテトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)メチル)ベンズアミド(以下、実施例10の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 ブメタニドとメチル-6-アミノ-6-デオキシ-D-ガラクトピラノシドを用いて、実施例7と同様の手順により、実施例10の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d
δ:0.73(3H,t,J=7.3Hz),1.02-1.11(2H,m),1.28-1.37(2H,m),3.03(2H,t,J=6.8Hz),3.25(3H,s),3.38-3.48(2H,m),3.57(2H,dd,J=3.4Hz,J=28.7Hz),3.65-3.72(1H,m),3.78-3.85(1H,m),4.57(1H,d,J=3.6Hz),6.81(2H,d,J=7.8Hz),7.00(1H,t,J=7.3Hz),7.25(2H,t,J=7.9Hz),7.34(1H,s),7.55(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M+H])540. (Example 10)
3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoyl-N-(((2R, 3R, 4S, 5R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methoxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl ) Synthesis of methyl) benzamide (hereinafter the compound of Example 10):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
The compound of Example 10 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 7 using bumetanide and methyl-6-amino-6-deoxy-D-galactopyranoside.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )
δ: 0.73 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.02-1.11 (2H, m), 1.28-1.37 (2H, m), 3.03 (2H, t , J = 6.8 Hz), 3.25 (3H, s), 3.38-3.48 (2H, m), 3.57 (2H, dd, J = 3.4 Hz, J = 28.7 Hz) , 3.65-3.72 (1H, m), 3.78-3.85 (1H, m), 4.57 (1H, d, J = 3.6 Hz), 6.81 (2H, d, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.00 (1 H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 7.25 (2 H, t, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.34 (1 H, s), 7.55 ( 1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M + H] < +>) 540.

(実施例11)
3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイル-N-((3R,4S,5R,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)ベンズアミド(以下、実施例11の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 ブメタニドと1-アミノ-1-デオキシ-D-ガラクトピラノシドを用いて、実施例7と同様の手順により、実施例11の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDOD)
δ:0.73(3H,t,J=7.3Hz),1.03-1.16(2H,m),1.30-1.37(2H,m),3.02-3.12(2H,t,J=6.8Hz),3.48-3.55(1H,m),3.57-3.73(4H,m),3.80-3.88(1H,m),5.03(1H,d,J=9.1Hz),6.83(2H,d,J=8.5Hz),6.97(1H,t,J=7.0Hz),7.20(2H,t,J=7.7Hz),7.59(1H,s),7.66(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])524. (Example 11)
3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoyl-N-((3R, 4S, 5R, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 -Il) Synthesis of benzamide (hereinafter the compound of Example 11):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
The compound of Example 11 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 7 using bumetanide and 1-amino-1-deoxy-D-galactopyranoside.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CD 3 OD)
δ: 0.73 (3H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 1.03-1.16 (2H, m), 1.30-1.37 (2H, m), 3.02-3.12 (2H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 3.48-3.55 (1H, m), 3.57-3.73 (4H, m), 3.80-3.88 (1H, m) , 5.03 (1H, d, J = 9.1 Hz), 6.83 (2H, d, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.97 (1H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 7.20 ( 2H, t, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.59 (1H, s), 7.66 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 524.

(実施例12)
(2S,3S)-2-アミノ-3-((3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイルベンゾイル)オキシ)ブタン酸(以下、実施例12の化合物)の合成:
[ステップ1]
N―(tert―ブトキシカルボニル)スレオニン-4-メトキシベンジルエステル(以下、参考例3の化合物)の合成

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 N―(tert―ブトキシカルボニル)スレオニン(1.66g、7.57mmol)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(15mL)溶液に、室温下、炭酸カリウム(1.14g、8.3mmol)、パラメトキシベンジルクロリド(1.31g、8.3mmol)、ヨウ化ナトリウム(1.26g、8.3mmol)を順次加え、室温で一晩撹拌した。反応混合物に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(石油エーテル/酢酸エチル=75/25)で精製し、参考例3の化合物を1.62g(63%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:1.21(3H,d,J=6.6Hz),1.44(9H,s),3.80(3H,m), 4.24-4.30(2H,m),5.10-5.17(2H,dd,J=12.0Hz),5.33(1H,d,J=7.2Hz),6.87(2H,d,J=8.4Hz),7.28(2H,d,J=8.4Hz). Example 12
Synthesis of (2S, 3S) -2-amino-3-((3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoyl) oxy) butanoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 12):
[Step 1]
Synthesis of N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) threonine-4-methoxybenzyl ester (hereinafter referred to as compound of Reference Example 3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
To a solution of N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) threonine (1.66 g, 7.57 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (15 mL) at room temperature, potassium carbonate (1.14 g, 8.3 mmol), paramethoxybenzyl chloride. (1.31 g, 8.3 mmol) and sodium iodide (1.26 g, 8.3 mmol) were sequentially added, and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 75/25) to obtain 1.62 g (63%) of the compound of Reference Example 3.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 1.21 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.44 (9H, s), 3.80 (3H, m), 4.24-4.30 (2H, m), 5. 10-5.17 (2H, dd, J = 12.0 Hz), 5.33 (1H, d, J = 7.2 Hz), 6.87 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.28 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz).

[ステップ2]
実施例12の化合物の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 ブメタニド(0.383g、1.05mmol)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(5mL)溶液に、室温下、EDCI(0.202g、1.05mmol)、DMAP(0.256g、2.1mmol)を順次加え、室温で15分間撹拌した。反応混合物に、参考例3の化合物(0.326g、0.96mmol)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(5mL)溶液、1-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール(0.142g、1.05mmol)を順次加え、室温で一晩撹拌した。反応混合物に水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(石油エーテル/酢酸エチル=67/33)で精製し、(2S,3S)-3-((tert―ブトキシカルボニル)アミノ)-4-((4-メトキシベンジル)オキシ)-4-オキソブタン-2-イル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイルベンゾエートを0.336g(51%)得た。得られた化合物(0.35g、0.51mmoL)のメタノール(5mL)溶液に、10重量%パラジウム/炭素(0.01g)を加え、水素雰囲気下、室温で一晩撹拌した。反応混合物をセライトろ過し、ろ液を濃縮した。残渣のジクロロメタン(2mL)溶液に、氷冷下、トリフルオロ酢酸(0.5mL)のジクロロメタン(3mL)溶液を加え、室温で1時間撹拌し、反応混合物を濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(オクタデシルシリル化シリカゲルを使用 メタノール/0.1%ギ酸水溶液=65/35)で精製し、実施例12の化合物を0.196g(80%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d
δ:0.70(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),1.00-1.06(2H,m),1.27-1.32(2H,m),1.34(3H,d,J=5.4Hz),3.00-3.03(2H,m),3.46-3.55(1H,m),4.92(1H,t,J=5.4Hz),5.37-5.41(1H,m),6.77(2H,d,J=8.4Hz),6.94(1H,t,J=7.2Hz),7.19(2H,t,J=7.8Hz),7.27(2H,brs),7.42(1H,s),7.66(1H,d,J=1.2Hz).
MS(ESI):([M+H])466. [Step 2]
Synthesis of the compound of Example 12:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
EDCI (0.202 g, 1.05 mmol) and DMAP (0.256 g, 2.1 mmol) were sequentially added to a solution of bumetanide (0.383 g, 1.05 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) at room temperature. And stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. To the reaction mixture, a solution of the compound of Reference Example 3 (0.326 g, 0.96 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.142 g, 1.05 mmol) were successively added at room temperature. Stir overnight. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 67/33) and (2S, 3S) -3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl) amino) -4-((4-methoxybenzyl) oxy)- 0.336 g (51%) of 4-oxobutan-2-yl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoate was obtained. To a solution of the obtained compound (0.35 g, 0.51 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added 10 wt% palladium / carbon (0.01 g), and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature in a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated. To a dichloromethane (2 mL) solution of the residue was added a solution of trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) in dichloromethane (3 mL) under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (using octadecylsilylated silica gel, methanol / 0.1% aqueous formic acid = 65/35) to obtain 0.196 g (80%) of the compound of Example 12.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )
δ: 0.70 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.00-1.06 (2H, m), 1.27-1.32 (2H, m), 1.34 (3H, d , J = 5.4 Hz), 3.00-3.03 (2H, m), 3.46-3.55 (1H, m), 4.92 (1H, t, J = 5.4 Hz), 5 .37-5.41 (1H, m), 6.77 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.94 (1H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.19 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.27 (2H, brs), 7.42 (1 H, s), 7.66 (1 H, d, J = 1.2 Hz).
MS (ESI): ([M + H] + ) 466.

(実施例13)
(S)-2-アミノ-3-((3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイルベンゾイル)オキシ)プロパン酸(以下、実施例13の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 ブメタニドとN―(tert―ブトキシカルボニル)セリン-4-メトキシベンジルエステルを用いて、実施例12と同様の手順により、実施例13の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d
δ:0.77(3H,t,J=6.8Hz),1.05-1.18(2H,m),1.32-1.43(2H,m),3.05-3.12(2H,m),3.74-3.80(1H,m),4.43-4.48(1H,m),4.68-4.74(1H,m),5.01-5.07(1H,m),6.85(2H,d,J=8.4Hz),7.01(1H,t,J=7.2Hz),7.26(2H,t,J=7.8Hz),7.50(1H,s),7.75(1H,d,J=1.2Hz).
MS(ESI):([M-H])450. (Example 13)
Synthesis of (S) -2-amino-3-((3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoyl) oxy) propanoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 13):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
The compound of Example 13 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 12 using bumetanide and N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) serine-4-methoxybenzyl ester.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )
δ: 0.77 (3H, t, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.05-1.18 (2H, m), 1.32-1.43 (2H, m), 3.05-3.12. (2H, m), 3.74-3.80 (1H, m), 4.43-4.48 (1H, m), 4.68-4.74 (1H, m), 5.01-5 .07 (1H, m), 6.85 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.01 (1H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.26 (2H, t, J = 7. 8 Hz), 7.50 (1 H, s), 7.75 (1 H, d, J = 1.2 Hz).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 450.

(比較例1)
3-(N-((2S,3S)-2-アミノ-3-メチルペンタノイル)スルファモイル)-5-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ安息香酸(以下、比較例1の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 参考例1の化合物とN―(tert―ブトキシカルボニル)イソロイシンを用いて、上記実施例1と同様の手順により、比較例1の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d
δ:0.70-0.90(9H,m),1.04-1.50(6H,m),1.75-1.86(1H,m),2.88-3.10(3H,m),4.50(1H,brs),6.75(2H,d,J=8.4Hz),6.96(1H,t,J=7.2Hz),7.25(3H,m),7.50(2H,brs),7.82(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H]-)476. (Comparative Example 1)
Synthesis of 3- (N-((2S, 3S) -2-amino-3-methylpentanoyl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino) -4-phenoxybenzoic acid (hereinafter, compound of Comparative Example 1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Using the compound of Reference Example 1 and N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) isoleucine, the compound of Comparative Example 1 was synthesized by the same procedure as in Example 1 above.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )
δ: 0.70-0.90 (9H, m), 1.04-1.50 (6H, m), 1.75-1.86 (1H, m), 2.88-3.10 (3H , M), 4.50 (1H, brs), 6.75 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.96 (1H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.25 (3H, m ), 7.50 (2H, brs), 7.82 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([MH]-) 476.

(比較例2)
(S)-3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-(ピロリジン-2-カルボニル)スルファモイル)安息香酸(以下、比較例2の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 参考例1の化合物とN―(tert―ブトキシカルボニル)プロリンを用いて、実施例1と同様の手順により、比較例2の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d
δ:0.76(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),1.06-1.15(2H,m),1.30-1.40(2H,m),1.62-1.80(3H,m),2.00-2.10(1H,m),3.00-3.20(4H,m),3.50-3.70(1H,m),4.82(1H,brs),6.77(2H,d,J=8.4Hz),7.01(1H,t,J=7.2Hz),7.27(2H,t,J=7.8Hz),7.37(1H,s),7.80(1H,s),8.30(1H,brs),8.95(1H,brs).
MS(ESI):([M-H]-)460. (Comparative Example 2)
Synthesis of (S) -3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N- (pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl) sulfamoyl) benzoic acid (hereinafter, compound of Comparative Example 2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
The compound of Comparative Example 2 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 1 using the compound of Reference Example 1 and N- (tert-butoxycarbonyl) proline.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )
δ: 0.76 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.06-1.15 (2H, m), 1.30-1.40 (2H, m), 1.62-1.80 (3H, m), 2.00-2.10 (1H, m), 3.00-3.20 (4H, m), 3.50-3.70 (1H, m), 4.82 (1H , Brs), 6.77 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.01 (1H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.27 (2H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 7 .37 (1H, s), 7.80 (1H, s), 8.30 (1H, brs), 8.95 (1H, brs).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] −) 460.

(比較例3)
3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5R、6R)-3,4,5-トリアセトキシ-6-(アセトキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)安息香酸(以下、比較例3の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 参考例2の化合物(0.454g、1mmol)と1,2,3,4,6-ペンタ-O-アセチル-D-グルコピラノース(0.390g、1mmol)のトルエン(40mL)溶液に、室温下、三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体(0.5mL)を加え、90℃で2時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、冷水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(石油エーテル/酢酸エチル=75/25)で精製し、(2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(アセトキシメチル)-6-(5-((ベンジルオキシ)カルボニル)-3-(ブチルアミノ)-2-フェノキシフェニルスルホンアミド)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-3,4,5-トリイル トリアセテートを0.091g(12%)得た。得られた化合物(0.078g、0.1mmol)のメタノール(10mL)溶液に、10重量%パラジウム/炭素(0.01g)を加え、水素雰囲気下、室温で一晩撹拌した。反応混合物をセライトろ過し、ろ液を濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(オクタデシルシリル化シリカゲルを使用 メタノール/0.1%ギ酸水溶液=85/15)で精製し、比較例3の化合物を0.045g(65%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.82(3H,t,J=7.4Hz),1.10-1.20(2H,m),1.38-1.46(2H,m),1.90-2.20(12H,m),3.13(2H,t,J=6.4Hz),3.60-3.70(1H,m),3.74-3.81(1H,m),4.00-4.12(1H,m),4.70-4.80(2H,m),4.90-5.12(1H,m),5.20-5.25(1H,m),6.96(2H,d,J=8.1Hz),7.14(1H,t,J=7.3Hz),7.30-7.40(2H,m),7.60(1H,s),8.00(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H]-)693. (Comparative Example 3)
3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5R, 6R) -3,4,5-triacetoxy-6- (acetoxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2- Yl) sulfamoyl) benzoic acid (compound of Comparative Example 3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
To a solution of the compound of Reference Example 2 (0.454 g, 1 mmol) and 1,2,3,4,6-penta-O-acetyl-D-glucopyranose (0.390 g, 1 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) at room temperature. , Boron trifluoride ether complex (0.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, cold water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 75/25) and (2R, 3R, 4S, 5R) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6- (5-((benzyloxy) carbonyl)- 0.091 g (12%) of 3- (butylamino) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triyl triacetate was obtained. To a solution of the obtained compound (0.078 g, 0.1 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added 10 wt% palladium / carbon (0.01 g), and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature in a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (using octadecylsilyl silica gel, methanol / 0.1% aqueous formic acid solution = 85/15) to obtain 0.045 g (65%) of the compound of Comparative Example 3.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.82 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.10-1.20 (2H, m), 1.38-1.46 (2H, m), 1.90-2.20 (12H, m), 3.13 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.60-3.70 (1H, m), 3.74-3.81 (1H, m), 4.00 -4.12 (1H, m), 4.70-4.80 (2H, m), 4.90-5.12 (1H, m), 5.20-5.25 (1H, m), 6 .96 (2H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.14 (1H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 7.30-7.40 (2H, m), 7.60 (1H, s) , 8.00 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([MH]-) 693.

(比較例4)
(2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(アセトキシメチル)-6-(3-(ブチルアミノ)-5-(エトキシカルボニル)-2-フェノキシフェニルスルホンアミド)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-3,4,5-トリイル トリアセテート(以下、比較例4の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 ブメタニド(0.364g、1mmol)のエタノール(5mL)溶液に、室温下、濃硫酸(0.1mL)を加え、70℃で8時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、フィルターろ過し、得られた固体をエタノールで洗浄し、エチル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイルベンゾエート(以下、参考例4の化合物)を0.351g(90%)得た。参考例4の化合物(0.392g、1mmol)と1,2,3,4,6-ペンタ-O-アセチル-D-グルコピラノース(0.390g、1mmol)のトルエン(40mL)溶液に、室温下、三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体(0.5mL)を加え、90℃で2時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、冷水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(石油エーテル/酢酸エチル=75/25)で精製し、比較例4の化合物を0.083g(12%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.82(3H,t,J=7.0Hz),1.10-1.20(2H,m),1.35-1.48(5H,m),1.90-2.20(12H,m),3.09(2H,t,J=6.4Hz),3.59(1H,d,J=9.2Hz),3.74(1H,d,J=12.1Hz),4.05(1H,d,J=9.4Hz),4.40(2H,t,J=6.4Hz),4.70-4.80(1H,m),4.94(1H,t,J=9.4Hz),5.20(1H,t,J=9.2Hz),5.64(1H,d,J=9.4Hz),6.94(2H,d,J=7.8Hz),7.13(1H,t,J=7.3Hz),7.33(2H,t,J=7.8Hz),7.55(1H,s),7.91(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])721. (Comparative Example 4)
(2R, 3R, 4S, 5R) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6- (3- (butylamino) -5- (ethoxycarbonyl) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4 , 5-Triyl triacetate (Compound of Comparative Example 4):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Concentrated sulfuric acid (0.1 mL) was added to a solution of bumetanide (0.364 g, 1 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the resulting solid was washed with ethanol, and ethyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoate (hereinafter referred to as the compound of Reference Example 4) was added. 0.351 g (90%) was obtained. To a solution of the compound of Reference Example 4 (0.392 g, 1 mmol) and 1,2,3,4,6-penta-O-acetyl-D-glucopyranose (0.390 g, 1 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) at room temperature. , Boron trifluoride ether complex (0.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, cold water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 75/25) to obtain 0.083 g (12%) of the compound of Comparative Example 4.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.82 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.10-1.20 (2H, m), 1.35-1.48 (5H, m), 1.90-2.20 (12H, m), 3.09 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.59 (1H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 3.74 (1H, d, J = 12.1 Hz) , 4.05 (1H, d, J = 9.4 Hz), 4.40 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.70-4.80 (1H, m), 4.94 (1H, t, J = 9.4 Hz), 5.20 (1H, t, J = 9.2 Hz), 5.64 (1H, d, J = 9.4 Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 7) .8 Hz), 7.13 (1 H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 7.33 (2 H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.55 (1 H, s), 7.91 (1 H, s) ).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 721.

(実施例14)
エチル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)ベンゾエート(以下、実施例14の化合物)の合成:
[ステップ1]
参考例4の化合物の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 室温下、ブメタニド(1.09g、3mmol)のエタノール(15mL)溶液に、硫酸(0.5mL)を加え、10時間還流した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、濃縮した。残渣に飽和炭酸ナトリウム水溶液(100mL)を加え、酢酸エチル(120mL)で抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮し、参考例4の化合物を1.12g(95%)得た。
MS(ESI):([M+H])393. (Example 14)
Ethyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 Synthesis of -yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (compound of Example 14 hereinafter):
[Step 1]
Synthesis of the compound of Reference Example 4:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Sulfuric acid (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of bumetanide (1.09 g, 3 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL) at room temperature and refluxed for 10 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated. A saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution (100 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (120 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to obtain 1.12 g (95%) of the compound of Reference Example 4.
MS (ESI): ([M + H] < +>) 393.

[ステップ2]
比較例4の化合物の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 室温下、参考例4の化合物(0.392g、1mmol)と(3R,4S,5R,6R)-6-(アセトキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2,3,4,5-テトライル テトラアセテート(0.390g、1mmol)のトルエン(40mL)溶液に、三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体(0.5mL)を加え、90℃で2時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、冷水(30mL)を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液(30mL)で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(石油エーテル/酢酸エチル=80/20)で精製し、比較例4の化合物を0.122g(17%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.82(3H,t,J=7.0Hz),1.10-1.20(2H,m),1.35-1.48(5H,m),1.90-2.20(12H,m),3.09(2H,t,J=6.4Hz),3.59(1H,d,J=9.2Hz),3.74(1H,d,J=12.1Hz),4.05(1H,d,J=9.4Hz),4.40(2H,t,J=6.4Hz),4.70-4.80(1H,m),4.94(1H,t,J=9.4Hz),5.20(1H,t,J=9.2Hz),5.64(1H,d,J=9.4Hz),6.94(2H,d,J=7.8Hz),7.13(1H,t,J=7.3Hz),7.33(2H,t,J=7.8Hz),7.55(1H,s),7.91(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])721. [Step 2]
Synthesis of the compound of Comparative Example 4:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
At room temperature, the compound of Reference Example 4 (0.392 g, 1 mmol) and (3R, 4S, 5R, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,3,4,5-tetrayl tetraacetate ( Boron trifluoride ether complex (0.5 mL) was added to a toluene (40 mL) solution of 0.390 g, 1 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, cold water (30 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 80/20) to obtain 0.122 g (17%) of the compound of Comparative Example 4.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.82 (3H, t, J = 7.0 Hz), 1.10-1.20 (2H, m), 1.35-1.48 (5H, m), 1.90-2.20 (12H, m), 3.09 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 3.59 (1H, d, J = 9.2 Hz), 3.74 (1H, d, J = 12.1 Hz) , 4.05 (1H, d, J = 9.4 Hz), 4.40 (2H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 4.70-4.80 (1H, m), 4.94 (1H, t, J = 9.4 Hz), 5.20 (1H, t, J = 9.2 Hz), 5.64 (1H, d, J = 9.4 Hz), 6.94 (2H, d, J = 7) .8 Hz), 7.13 (1 H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 7.33 (2 H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.55 (1 H, s), 7.91 (1 H, s) ).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 721.

[ステップ3]
実施例14の化合物の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
比較例4の化合物(0.072g、0.1mmol)のメタノール(1mL)溶液に、炭酸カリウム(0.069g、0.5mmol)を加え、室温で1時間撹拌した。HPLC(カラム:ダイソーゲル(商標登録)、250×20mm、C18、10μm; 溶出液:75%メタノール、25%蒸留水、0.1v%ギ酸; 流速:20mL/min、室温)で分取し、実施例14の化合物を0.048g(87%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.77(3H,t,J=10.8Hz),1.04-1.12(2H,m),1.33-1.36(5H,m),3.01-3.04(3H,m),3.33-3.52(5H,m),4.31-4.36(2H,m),4.53(1H,t,J=13.8Hz),6.86(2H,d,J=11.4Hz),6.96(1H,t,J=10.8Hz),7.17(2H,t,J=5.4Hz),7.51(1H,s),7.95(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])553. [Step 3]
Synthesis of the compound of Example 14:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
To a solution of the compound of Comparative Example 4 (0.072 g, 0.1 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was added potassium carbonate (0.069 g, 0.5 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Fractionated by HPLC (column: Daiso Gel (registered trademark), 250 × 20 mm, C18, 10 μm; eluent: 75% methanol, 25% distilled water, 0.1 v% formic acid; flow rate: 20 mL / min, room temperature) 0.048 g (87%) of the compound of Example 14 was obtained.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.77 (3H, t, J = 10.8 Hz), 1.04-1.12 (2H, m), 1.33-1.36 (5H, m), 3.01-3.04 (3H, m), 3.33-3.52 (5H, m), 4.31-4.36 (2H, m), 4.53 (1H, t, J = 13.8 Hz), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 11.4 Hz), 6.96 (1H, t, J = 10.8 Hz), 7.17 (2H, t, J = 5.4 Hz), 7.51 (1H, s) , 7.95 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 553.

(実施例15)
エチル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3S,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)ベンゾエート(以下、実施例15の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 参考例4の化合物と(3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-(アセトキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2,3,4,5-テトライル テトラアセテートを用いて、実施例14と同様の手順により、実施例15の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.77(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),1.05-1.12(2H,m),1.35-1.37(5H,m),3.04-3.05(2H,m),3.44-3.47(3H,m),3.64-3.80(3H,m),4.33-4.36(2H,m),4.75(1H,d,J=9.0Hz),6.85-6.89(2H,m),7.00-7.03(1H,m),7.21-7.24(2H,m),7.51(1H,s),7.92(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])553. (Example 15)
Ethyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3S, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 Synthesis of -yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (compound of Example 15 hereinafter):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Procedures similar to those in Example 14 using the compound of Reference Example 4 and (3S, 4S, 5R, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,3,4,5-tetrayl tetraacetate Thus, the compound of Example 15 was synthesized.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.77 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.05-1.12 (2H, m), 1.35-1.37 (5H, m), 3.04-3.05 (2H, m), 3.44-3.47 (3H, m), 3.64-3.80 (3H, m), 4.33-4.36 (2H, m), 4.75 (1H , D, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.85-6.89 (2H, m), 7.00-7.03 (1H, m), 7.21-7.24 (2H, m), 7 .51 (1H, s), 7.92 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 553.

(実施例16)
エチル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5R,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)ベンゾエート(以下、実施例16の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 参考例4の化合物と(3R,4S,5S,6R)-6-(アセトキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2,3,4,5-テトライル テトラアセテートを用いて、実施例14と同様の手順により、実施例16の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDOD)
δ:0.83-0.85(3H,m),1.18-1.19(2H,m),1.43-1.44(5H,m),3.12-3.31(2H,m),3.43-3.44(1H,m),3.50-3.51(2H,m),3.88-3.97(1H,m),4.41-4.42(2H,m),4.49-4.50(1H,m),6.93-6.94(2H,m),7.07-7.08(1H,m),7.31-7.32(2H,m),7.56-7.59(1H,m),7.87-7.93(1H,m).
MS(ESI):([M-H])553. (Example 16)
Ethyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5R, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 Synthesis of -yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (compound of Example 16 hereinafter):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Procedures similar to those of Example 14 using the compound of Reference Example 4 and (3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,3,4,5-tetrayl tetraacetate Thus, the compound of Example 16 was synthesized.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CD 3 OD)
δ: 0.83-0.85 (3H, m), 1.18-1.19 (2H, m), 1.43-1.44 (5H, m), 3.12-3.31 (2H M), 3.43-3.44 (1H, m), 3.50-3.51 (2H, m), 3.88-3.97 (1H, m), 4.41-4.42. (2H, m), 4.49-4.50 (1H, m), 6.93-6.94 (2H, m), 7.07-7.08 (1H, m), 7.31-7 .32 (2H, m), 7.56-7.59 (1H, m), 7.87-7.93 (1H, m).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 553.

(実施例17)
(S)-2-アミノ-4-(3-(ブチルアミノ)-5-(エトキシカルボニル)-2-フェノキシフェニルスルホンアミド)-4-オキソブタン酸(以下、実施例17の化合物)の合成:
[ステップ1]
(S)-tert-ブチル(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-カーバメイト(以下、参考例6の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 0℃下、(S)-2-((tert-ブトキシカルボニル)アミノ)スクシニック酸(0.699g,3mmol)の酢酸エチル(10mL)溶液に、DCC(0.618g,3mmol)を加え、1時間撹拌した。室温まで昇温し、1時間撹拌した。反応混合物をろ過し、ろ液を濃縮し、参考例6の化合物を0.600g(93%)得た。 (Example 17)
Synthesis of (S) -2-amino-4- (3- (butylamino) -5- (ethoxycarbonyl) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamido) -4-oxobutanoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 17):
[Step 1]
Synthesis of (S) -tert-butyl (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl) -carbamate (hereinafter referred to as compound of Reference Example 6):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
DCC (0.618 g, 3 mmol) was added to a solution of (S) -2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl) amino) succinic acid (0.699 g, 3 mmol) in ethyl acetate (10 mL) at 0 ° C. for 1 hour. Stir. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to obtain 0.600 g (93%) of the compound of Reference Example 6.

[ステップ2]
実施例17の化合物の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 室温下、参考例4の化合物(0.392g,1mmol)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(5mL)溶液に、水素化ナトリウム(40mg,1mmol,60%オイルディスパージョン)を加え、1.5時間撹拌した。反応混合物に参考例6の化合物(0.215g,1mmol)を加え、一晩撹拌した。反応混合物に水(20mL)を加え、酢酸エチル(20mL)で抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。0℃下、残渣(0.607g,1mmol)のジクロロメタン(15mL)溶液に、トリフルオロ酢酸(2mL)をゆっくりと加え、室温で30分間撹拌した。反応混合物を濃縮し、HPLC(カラム:ダイソーゲル(商標登録)、250×20mm、C18、10μm; 溶出液:75%メタノール、25%蒸留水、0.1v%ギ酸; 流速:20mL/min、室温)で分取し、実施例17の化合物を0.300g(66%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d
δ:0.76(3H,t,J=7.8Hz),1.07-1.11(2H,m),1.33-1.37(5H,m),2.15-2.21(2H,m),3.01-3.04(2H,m),3.46-3.48(1H,m),4.33-4.36(2H,m),4.68-4.72(1H,m),6.70-6.85(2H,m),6.90-7.05(1H,m),7.22-7.25(2H,m),7.33(1H,s),7.78(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])506. [Step 2]
Synthesis of the compound of Example 17:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Sodium hydride (40 mg, 1 mmol, 60% oil dispersion) was added to a solution of the compound of Reference Example 4 (0.392 g, 1 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours. did. The compound of Reference Example 6 (0.215 g, 1 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred overnight. Water (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. At 0 ° C., trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was slowly added to a solution of the residue (0.607 g, 1 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated and HPLC (column: Daisogel ™, 250 × 20 mm, C18, 10 μm; eluent: 75% methanol, 25% distilled water, 0.1 v% formic acid; flow rate: 20 mL / min, room temperature ) To obtain 0.300 g (66%) of the compound of Example 17.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )
δ: 0.76 (3H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 1.07-1.11 (2H, m), 1.33-1.37 (5H, m), 2.15-2.21 (2H, m), 3.01-3.04 (2H, m), 3.46-3.48 (1H, m), 4.33-4.36 (2H, m), 4.68-4 .72 (1H, m), 6.70-6.85 (2H, m), 6.90-7.05 (1H, m), 7.22-7.25 (2H, m), 7.33 (1H, s), 7.78 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 506.

(実施例18)
(S)-3-アミノ-4-(3-(ブチルアミノ)-5-(エトキシカルボニル)-2-フェノキシフェニルスルホンアミド)-4-オキソブタン酸(以下、実施例18の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 実施例17と同様の手順により、実施例18の化合物を合成した。HPLCで分取する際、実施例17の化合物と分離して、実施例18の化合物を0.200g(33%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,DMSO-d
δ:0.77(3H,t,J=7.8Hz),1.05-1.12(2H,m),1.32-1.36(5H,m),2.31-2.35(1H,m),2.68-2.71(1H,m),3.00-3.02(2H,m),3.15-3.20(1H,m),4.32-4.36(2H,m),4.70-4.72(1H,m),6.73-6.80(2H,m),6.90-7.05(1H,m),7.22-7.25(2H,m),7.28(1H,s),7.81(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])506. (Example 18)
Synthesis of (S) -3-amino-4- (3- (butylamino) -5- (ethoxycarbonyl) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamido) -4-oxobutanoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 18):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
The compound of Example 18 was synthesized according to the same procedure as Example 17. When fractionated by HPLC, it separated from the compound of Example 17 to obtain 0.200 g (33%) of the compound of Example 18.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d 6 )
δ: 0.77 (3H, t, J = 7.8 Hz), 1.05-1.12 (2H, m), 1.32-1.36 (5H, m), 2.31-2.35 (1H, m), 2.68-2.71 (1H, m), 3.00-3.02 (2H, m), 3.15-3.20 (1H, m), 4.32-4 .36 (2H, m), 4.70-4.72 (1H, m), 6.73-6.80 (2H, m), 6.90-7.05 (1H, m), 7.22 -7.25 (2H, m), 7.28 (1H, s), 7.81 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 506.

(実施例19)
((シクロヘキサンカルボニル)オキシ)メチル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)ベンゾエート(以下、実施例19の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 実施例3の化合物(0.053g、0.1mmol)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(1mL)溶液に、炭酸カリウム(0.028g、0.2mmol)、ヨウ化カリウム(0.033g、0.2mmol)、クロロメチルシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート(0.036mg、0.2mmol)を順次加え、50℃で4時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液(20mL)を加え、酢酸エチル(10mL)で抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮し、HPLC(カラム:ダイソーゲル(商標登録)、250×20mm、C18、10μm; 溶出液:75%メタノール、25%蒸留水、0.1v%ギ酸; 流速:20mL/min、室温)で分取し、実施例19の化合物を0.034g(50%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.77(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),1.06-1.11(2H,m),1.19-1.28(3H,m),1.34-1.37(2H,m),1.41-1.46(2H,m),1.62(1H,d,J=10.2Hz),1.71-1.73(2H,m),1.90(2H,d,J=10.8Hz),2.24(1H,t,J=12.0Hz),3.01-3.03(2H,m),3.08(1H,s),3.36-3.52(4H,m),4.03(1H,s),4.53(1H,s),5.93(2H,s),6.86(2H,d,J=7.2Hz),6.97(1H,t,J=6.6Hz),7.18-7.19(2H,m),7.49(1H,s),7.96(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M+Na])689. (Example 19)
((Cyclohexanecarbonyl) oxy) methyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) Synthesis of tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (hereinafter the compound of Example 19):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
To a solution of the compound of Example 3 (0.053 g, 0.1 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added potassium carbonate (0.028 g, 0.2 mmol), potassium iodide (0.033 g, 0.2 mmol). ) And chloromethylcyclohexanecarboxylate (0.036 mg, 0.2 mmol) were sequentially added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated, and HPLC (column: Daiso Gel (registered trademark), 250 × 20 mm, C18, 10 μm; eluent: 75% methanol, 25% distilled water). 0.1 v% formic acid; flow rate: 20 mL / min, room temperature) to obtain 0.034 g (50%) of the compound of Example 19.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.77 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.06-1.11 (2H, m), 1.19-1.28 (3H, m), 1.34-1.37 (2H, m), 1.41-1.46 (2H, m), 1.62 (1H, d, J = 10.2 Hz), 1.71-1.73 (2H, m), 1.90 (2H, d, J = 10.8 Hz), 2.24 (1H, t, J = 12.0 Hz), 3.01-3.03 (2H, m), 3.08 (1H, s), 3 .36-3.52 (4H, m), 4.03 (1H, s), 4.53 (1H, s), 5.93 (2H, s), 6.86 (2H, d, J = 7) .2 Hz), 6.97 (1 H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 7.18-7.19 (2 H, m), 7.49 (1 H, s), 7.96 (1 H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M + Na] < +>) 689.

(実施例20)
(ピバロイルオキシ)メチル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)ベンゾエート(以下、実施例20の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 実施例3の化合物とクロロメチルピバレートを用いて、実施例19と同様の手順により、実施例20の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.77(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),1.06-1.11(2H,m),1.21(9H,s),1.31-1.36(2H,m),3.01-3.03(2H,m),3.07(1H,s),3.38-3.51(5H,m),4.52-4.53(1H,m),5.94(2H,s),6.87(2H,d,J=6.6Hz),6.98(1H,t,J=7.2Hz),7.18(2H,t,J=7.2Hz),7.51 (1H,s),7.98(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])639. (Example 20)
(Pivaloyloxy) methyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H- Synthesis of pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (hereinafter the compound of Example 20):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
The compound of Example 20 was synthesized by the same procedure as in Example 19 using the compound of Example 3 and chloromethyl pivalate.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.77 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.06-1.11 (2H, m), 1.21 (9H, s), 1.31-1.36 (2H, m ), 3.01-3.03 (2H, m), 3.07 (1H, s), 3.38-3.51 (5H, m), 4.52-4.53 (1H, m), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.87 (2H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 6.98 (1H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.18 (2H, t, J = 7) .2 Hz), 7.51 (1H, s), 7.98 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 639.

(実施例21)
(イソブチリルオキシ)メチル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)ベンゾエート(以下、実施例21の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
 実施例3の化合物とクロロメチルイソブチレートを用いて、実施例19と同様の手順により、実施例21の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.76(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),1.08-1.10(2H,m),1.17(6H,d,J=6.6Hz),1.32-1.36(2H,m),2.58-2.60(1H,m),3.01-3.02(2H,m),3.10(1H,s),3.36-3.53(5H,m),4.52-4.53(1H,m),5.94(2H,s),6.87(2H,m),6.97(1H,m),7.18(2H,m),7.53(1H,s),7.98(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M+Na])649. (Example 21)
(Isobutyryloxy) methyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro Synthesis of -2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (hereinafter the compound of Example 21):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
The compound of Example 21 was synthesized by the same procedure as in Example 19 using the compound of Example 3 and chloromethyl isobutyrate.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.76 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.08-1.10 (2H, m), 1.17 (6H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.32-1 .36 (2H, m), 2.58-2.60 (1H, m), 3.01-3.02 (2H, m), 3.10 (1H, s), 3.36-3.53 (5H, m), 4.52-4.53 (1H, m), 5.94 (2H, s), 6.87 (2H, m), 6.97 (1H, m), 7.18 ( 2H, m), 7.53 (1H, s), 7.98 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M + Na] + ) 649.

(実施例22)
3-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-6-(アセトキシメチル)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシテトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)-5-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ安息香酸(以下、実施例22の化合物)の合成:
[ステップ1]
ベンジル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)ベンゾエート(以下、参考例5の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 0℃、アルゴン雰囲気下、(2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(アセトキシメチル)-6-(5-((ベンジルオキシ)カルボニル)-3-(ブチルアミノ)-2-フェノキシフェニルスルホンアミド)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-3,4,5-トリイル トリアセテート(0.726g、0.926mmol)のベンジルアルコール(3mL)溶液に金属ナトリウム(0.107g、4.63mmol)をゆっくりと加え、室温で1時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液(15mL)を加え、酢酸エチル(15mL)で抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/メタノール=97/3)で精製し、参考例5の化合物を0.299g(53%)得た。
H-NMR(600 MHz,CDCl
δ:0.72(3H,t,J=10.8Hz),0.99-1.08(2H,m),1.24-1.32(2H,m),2.95(2H,t,J=10.2Hz),3.04-3.05(1H,m),3.29-3.47(5H,m),4.53(1H,t,J=13.2Hz),5.28(2H,s),6.84(2H,d,J=12.0Hz),6.90(1H,t,J=10.8Hz),7.12(2H,t,J=10.8Hz),7.28-7.33(3H,m),7.38(2H,d,J=10.2Hz),7.51(1H,s),8.00(1H,s). (Example 22)
3- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) -3,4,5-trihydroxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino) Synthesis of -4-phenoxybenzoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 22):
[Step 1]
Benzyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 Synthesis of -yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (hereinafter the compound of Reference Example 5):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
(2R, 3R, 4S, 5R) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6- (5-((benzyloxy) carbonyl) -3- (butylamino) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamide at 0 ° C. under argon atmosphere ) Tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.726 g, 0.926 mmol) in benzyl alcohol (3 mL) was added slowly with sodium metal (0.107 g, 4.63 mmol) at room temperature. Stir for 1 hour. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (15 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (dichloromethane / methanol = 97/3) to obtain 0.299 g (53%) of the compound of Reference Example 5.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.72 (3H, t, J = 10.8 Hz), 0.99-1.08 (2H, m), 1.24-1.32 (2H, m), 2.95 (2H, t , J = 10.2 Hz), 3.04-3.05 (1 H, m), 3.29-3.47 (5 H, m), 4.53 (1 H, t, J = 13.2 Hz), 5 .28 (2H, s), 6.84 (2H, d, J = 12.0 Hz), 6.90 (1H, t, J = 10.8 Hz), 7.12 (2H, t, J = 10. 8 Hz), 7.28-7.33 (3 H, m), 7.38 (2 H, d, J = 10.2 Hz), 7.51 (1 H, s), 8.00 (1 H, s).

[ステップ2]
実施例22の化合物の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
 -30℃下、参考例5の化合物(0.123g、0.2mmol)のジクロロメタン(1mL)溶液に、2,4,6-トリメチルピリジン(0.086g、0.8mmol)、アセチルクロリド(0.019g、0.24mmol)を順次加え、室温で2時間撹拌した。反応混合物に酢酸エチル(15mL)を加え希釈し、有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。アルゴン雰囲気下、残渣のメタノール(5mL)溶液に、10重量%パラジウム/炭素(0.010g)を加え、水素雰囲気下になるように3回置換した後、室温で2時間撹拌した。アルゴン雰囲気下、反応混合物をろ過し、メタノールで洗浄し、ろ液を濃縮した。HPLC(カラム:ダイソーゲル(商標登録)、250×20mm、C18、10μm; 溶出液:45%メタノール、55%蒸留水、0.1v%ギ酸; 流速:20mL/min、室温)で分取し、実施例22の化合物を0.052g(47%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDOD)
δ:0.82-0.85(3H,m),1.14-1.20(2H,m),1.41-1.46(2H,m),1.91(3H,s),3.11(2H,t,J=7.2Hz),3.14-3.17(1H,m),3.24-3.33(1H,m),3.33-3.39(2H,m),4.00(2H,d,J=3.6Hz),4.53(1H,d,J=9.0Hz),6.96-6.98(2H,m),7.08(1H,t,J=7.2Hz),7.30-7.33(2H,m),7.57(1H,d,J=1.8Hz),7.94(1H,d,J=1.8Hz).
MS(ESI):([M-H])567. [Step 2]
Synthesis of the compound of Example 22:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
At −30 ° C., a solution of the compound of Reference Example 5 (0.123 g, 0.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added to 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine (0.086 g, 0.8 mmol), acetyl chloride (0. 019 g, 0.24 mmol) was added sequentially, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Ethyl acetate (15 mL) was added to the reaction mixture for dilution, and the organic layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. Under an argon atmosphere, 10% by weight palladium / carbon (0.010 g) was added to a methanol (5 mL) solution of the residue, and the mixture was replaced three times so as to be in a hydrogen atmosphere, followed by stirring at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered under an argon atmosphere, washed with methanol, and the filtrate was concentrated. Fractionation by HPLC (column: Daiso Gel (registered trademark), 250 × 20 mm, C18, 10 μm; eluent: 45% methanol, 55% distilled water, 0.1 v% formic acid; flow rate: 20 mL / min, room temperature) 0.052 g (47%) of the compound of Example 22 was obtained.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CD 3 OD)
δ: 0.82-0.85 (3H, m), 1.14-1.20 (2H, m), 1.41-1.46 (2H, m), 1.91 (3H, s), 3.11 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.14-3.17 (1H, m), 3.24-3.33 (1H, m), 3.33-3.39 (2H M), 4.00 (2H, d, J = 3.6 Hz), 4.53 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.96-6.98 (2H, m), 7.08 (1H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.30-7.33 (2H, m), 7.57 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.94 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 567.

(実施例23)
3-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-6-((ベンゾイルオキシ)メチル)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシテトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)-5-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ安息香酸(以下、実施例23の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
 参考例5の化合物とベンゾイルクロリドを用いて、実施例22と同様の手順により、実施例23の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDOD)
δ:0.77(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),1.04-1.10(2H,m),1.23-1.28(2H,m),2.80-2.93(2H,m),3.23-3.26(1H,m),3.42-3.46(3H,m),4.18-4.20(1H,m),4.28-4.30(1H,m),4.59(1H,d,J=9.0Hz),6.91-6.92(2H,m),7.04-7.07(1H,m),7.27-7.30(2H,m),7.38(1H,d,J=1.8Hz),7.43-7.46(2H,m),7.58-7.60(1H,m),7.89-7.91(2H,m),7.95(1H,d,J=1.8Hz).
MS(ESI):([M-H])629. (Example 23)
3- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -6-((benzoyloxy) methyl) -3,4,5-trihydroxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) -5- ( Synthesis of Butylamino) -4-phenoxybenzoic acid (hereinafter referred to as the compound of Example 23):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
The compound of Example 23 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 22 using the compound of Reference Example 5 and benzoyl chloride.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CD 3 OD)
δ: 0.77 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.04-1.10 (2H, m), 1.23-1.28 (2H, m), 2.80-2.93 (2H, m), 3.23-3.26 (1H, m), 3.42-3.46 (3H, m), 4.18-4.20 (1H, m), 4.28-4 .30 (1H, m), 4.59 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.91-6.92 (2H, m), 7.04-7.07 (1H, m), 7 .27-7.30 (2H, m), 7.38 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz), 7.43-7.46 (2H, m), 7.58-7.60 (1H, m), 7.89-7.91 (2H, m), 7.95 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 629.

(実施例24)
3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-((ピバロイルオキシ)メチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)安息香酸(以下、実施例24の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 参考例5の化合物とピバロイルクロリドを用いて、実施例22と同様の手順により、実施例24の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.77(3H,t,J=10.2Hz),1.00(9H,s),1.08-1.12(2H,m),1.34-1.38(2H,m),2.99-3.00(2H,m),3.44-3.49(4H,m),4.10-4.13(2H,m),4.63-4.64(1H,m),6.88-6.89(2H,m),6.99-7.01(1H,m),7.19-7.22(2H,m),7.48(1H,s),8.03(1H,s).
MS(ESI):([M-H])609. (Example 24)
3- (Butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-((pivaloyloxy) methyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran- Synthesis of 2-yl) sulfamoyl) benzoic acid (hereinafter the compound of Example 24):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
The compound of Example 24 was synthesized by the same procedure as in Example 22 using the compound of Reference Example 5 and pivaloyl chloride.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.77 (3H, t, J = 10.2 Hz), 1.00 (9H, s), 1.08-1.12 (2H, m), 1.34-1.38 (2H, m ), 2.99-3.00 (2H, m), 3.44-3.49 (4H, m), 4.10-4.13 (2H, m), 4.63-4.64 (1H) , M), 6.88-6.89 (2H, m), 699-7.01 (1H, m), 7.19-7.22 (2H, m), 7.48 (1H, s) ), 8.03 (1H, s).
MS (ESI): ([M−H] ) 609.

(実施例25)
ベンジル 3-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-6-(アセトキシメチル)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシテトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)-5-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシベンゾエート(以下、実施例25の化合物)の合成:
[ステップ1]
(2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(アセトキシメチル)-6-(5-((ベンジルオキシ)カルボニル)-3-(ブチルアミノ)-2-フェノキシフェニルスルホンアミド)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-3,4,5-トリイル トリアセテート(以下、参考例7の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
 90℃下、参考例2の化合物(0.454g、1.0mmol)と1,2,3,4,6-ペンタ-O-アセチル-D-グルコピラノース(0.390g、1.0mmol)のトルエン(40mL)溶液に、三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体(0.5mL)を加え、90℃で2時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、冷水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、飽和食塩水で順次で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(石油エーテル/酢酸エチル=5/1)で精製し、参考例7の化合物を0.091g(12%)得た。
MS(ESI):([M+H])785. (Example 25)
Benzyl 3- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) -3,4,5-trihydroxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino ) Synthesis of 4-phenoxybenzoate (hereinafter, the compound of Example 25):
[Step 1]
(2R, 3R, 4S, 5R) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6- (5-((benzyloxy) carbonyl) -3- (butylamino) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran- Synthesis of 3,4,5-triyl triacetate (hereinafter, compound of Reference Example 7):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Under 90 ° C., the compound of Reference Example 2 (0.454 g, 1.0 mmol) and 1,2,3,4,6-penta-O-acetyl-D-glucopyranose (0.390 g, 1.0 mmol) in toluene To the (40 mL) solution, boron trifluoride ether complex (0.5 mL) was added and stirred at 90 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, cold water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 5/1) to obtain 0.091 g (12%) of the compound of Reference Example 7.
MS (ESI): ([M + H] < +>) 785.

[ステップ2]
ベンジル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)ベンゾエート(以下、参考例8の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
 0℃、アルゴン雰囲気下、参考例7の化合物(0.726g、0.93mmol)のブタノール(3mL)溶液に、金属ナトリウム(0.107g、4.63mmol)をゆっくりと加え、室温で1時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/メタノール=20/1)で精製し、参考例8の化合物を0.299g(53%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.72(3H,t,J=10.8Hz),0.99-1.08(2H,m),1.24-1.32(2H,m),2.95(2H,t,J=10.2Hz),3.04-3.05(1H,m),3.29-3.47(5H,m),4.53(1H,t,J=13.2Hz),5.28(2H,s),6.83-6.85(2H,m),6.90(1H,t,J=10.8Hz),7.12(2H,t,J=10.8Hz),7.28-7.33(3H,m),7.37-7.39(2H,m),7.51(1H,s),8.00(1H,s). [Step 2]
Benzyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 Synthesis of -yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (hereinafter the compound of Reference Example 8):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Metallic sodium (0.107 g, 4.63 mmol) was slowly added to a solution of the compound of Reference Example 7 (0.726 g, 0.93 mmol) in butanol (3 mL) at 0 ° C. under an argon atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. did. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (dichloromethane / methanol = 20/1) to obtain 0.299 g (53%) of the compound of Reference Example 8.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.72 (3H, t, J = 10.8 Hz), 0.99-1.08 (2H, m), 1.24-1.32 (2H, m), 2.95 (2H, t , J = 10.2 Hz), 3.04-3.05 (1 H, m), 3.29-3.47 (5 H, m), 4.53 (1 H, t, J = 13.2 Hz), 5 .28 (2H, s), 6.83-6.85 (2H, m), 6.90 (1H, t, J = 10.8 Hz), 7.12 (2H, t, J = 10.8 Hz) 7.28-7.33 (3H, m), 7.37-7.39 (2H, m), 7.51 (1H, s), 8.00 (1H, s).

[ステップ3]
実施例25の化合物の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
 参考例8の化合物とアセチルクロリドを用いて、実施例22と同様の手順により、実施例25の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDOD)
δ:0.73(3H,t、J=10.8Hz),0.99-1.08(2H,m),1.24-1.35(2H,m),1.74(3H,s),2.95(2H,t,J=10.2Hz),3.04-3.25(4H,m),3.86-3.87(2H,m),4.43(1H,d,J=13.2Hz),5.32(2H,s),6.86-6.87(2H,m),6.99(1H,t,J=10.8Hz),7.21-7.32(7H,m),7.41(1H,s),7.85(1H,s). [Step 3]
Synthesis of the compound of Example 25:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Using the compound of Reference Example 8 and acetyl chloride, the compound of Example 25 was synthesized by the same procedure as Example 22.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CD 3 OD)
δ: 0.73 (3H, t, J = 10.8 Hz), 0.99-1.08 (2H, m), 1.24-1.35 (2H, m), 1.74 (3H, s) ), 2.95 (2H, t, J = 10.2 Hz), 3.04-3.25 (4H, m), 3.86-3.87 (2H, m), 4.43 (1H, d) , J = 13.2 Hz), 5.32 (2H, s), 6.86-6.87 (2H, m), 6.99 (1H, t, J = 10.8 Hz), 7.21-7 .32 (7H, m), 7.41 (1H, s), 7.85 (1H, s).

(実施例26)
ブチル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)ベンゾエート(以下、実施例26の化合物)の合成:
[ステップ1]
ブチル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイルベンゾエート(以下、参考例9の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
 100℃下、ブメタニド(0.364g、1.0mmol)とブタノール(0.27mL、3.0mmol)のトルエン(8mL)溶液に、硫酸(0.135mL)を加え、100℃で6時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、冷水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、水で順次洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮し、参考例9の化合物を0.360g(86%)得た。
MS(ESI):([M+H])421. (Example 26)
Butyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 Synthesis of yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (hereinafter the compound of Example 26):
[Step 1]
Synthesis of butyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoate (hereinafter referred to as the compound of Reference Example 9):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Sulfuric acid (0.135 mL) was added to a toluene (8 mL) solution of bumetanide (0.364 g, 1.0 mmol) and butanol (0.27 mL, 3.0 mmol) at 100 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, cold water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to obtain 0.360 g (86%) of the compound of Reference Example 9.
MS (ESI): ([M + H] < +>) 421.

[ステップ2]
(2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(アセトキシメチル)-6-(5-(ブトキシカルボニル)-3-(ブチルアミノ)-2-フェノキシフェニルスルホンアミド)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-3,4,5-トリイル トリアセテート(以下、参考例10の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
 90℃下、参考例9の化合物(0.360g、0.85mmol)と(3R,4S,5R,6R)-6-(アセトキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2,3,4,5-テトライル テトラアセテート(0.331g、0.85mmol)のトルエン(18mL)溶液に、三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体(0.42mL)を加え、90℃で1.5時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、冷水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(石油エーテル/酢酸エチル=5/1)で精製し、参考例10の化合物を0.075g(12%)得た。
MS(ESI):([M+H])751. [Step 2]
(2R, 3R, 4S, 5R) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6- (5- (butoxycarbonyl) -3- (butylamino) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4 , 5-Triyl triacetate (hereinafter referred to as compound of Reference Example 10):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Under 90 ° C., the compound of Reference Example 9 (0.360 g, 0.85 mmol) and (3R, 4S, 5R, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,3,4,5-tetrayl Boron trifluoride ether complex (0.42 mL) was added to a solution of tetraacetate (0.331 g, 0.85 mmol) in toluene (18 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, cold water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 5/1) to obtain 0.075 g (12%) of the compound of Reference Example 10.
MS (ESI): ([M + H] < +>) 751.

[ステップ3]
実施例26の化合物の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
 0℃、アルゴン雰囲気下、参考例10の化合物(0.0745g、0.099mmol)のブタノール(0.18mL)溶液に金属ナトリウム(0.020g)をゆっくりと加え、室温で1.5時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/メタノール=30/1)で精製し、実施例26の化合物を0.030g(53%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.77(3H,m),0.95(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),1.08(2H,brs),1.42(2H,brs),1.43(2H,brs),1.71(2H,brs),3.02(3H,brs),3.20-3.60(5H,m),4.28(2H,brs),4.52(1H,t,J=13.8Hz),6.87(2H,d,J=11.4Hz),6.97(1H,t,J=10.8Hz),7.17(2H,t,J=5.4Hz),7.51(1H,s),7.95(1H,s). [Step 3]
Synthesis of the compound of Example 26:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Metallic sodium (0.020 g) was slowly added to a solution of the compound of Reference Example 10 (0.0745 g, 0.099 mmol) in butanol (0.18 mL) under an argon atmosphere at 0 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. . A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (dichloromethane / methanol = 30/1) to obtain 0.030 g (53%) of the compound of Example 26.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.77 (3H, m), 0.95 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.08 (2H, brs), 1.42 (2H, brs), 1.43 (2H, brs), 1.71 (2H, brs), 3.02 (3H, brs), 3.20-3.60 (5H, m), 4.28 (2H, brs), 4.52 (1H, t , J = 13.8 Hz), 6.87 (2H, d, J = 11.4 Hz), 6.97 (1H, t, J = 10.8 Hz), 7.17 (2H, t, J = 5. 4 Hz), 7.51 (1H, s), 7.95 (1H, s).

(実施例27)
ブチル 3-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-6-(アセトキシメチル)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシテトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)-5-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシベンゾエート(以下、実施例27の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
 実施例26の化合物とアセチルクロリドを用いて、実施例22と同様の手順により、実施例27の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDOD)
δ:0.83(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),1.05(3H,brs),1.10-1.25(2H,m),1.35-1.55(4H,m),1.65-1.75(2H,m),1.79(3H,m),2.90-3.20(3H,m),3.20-3.50(2H,m),3.90-4.00(2H,m),4.36(2H,d,J=3.6Hz),4.54(1H,d,J=9.0Hz),6.90-6.95(2H,m),6.92-7.00(2H,m),7.20-7.35(2H,m),7.53(1H,s),7.90(1H,s). (Example 27)
Butyl 3- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) -3,4,5-trihydroxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino ) Synthesis of 4-phenoxybenzoate (compound of Example 27):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
The compound of Example 27 was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 22 using the compound of Example 26 and acetyl chloride.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CD 3 OD)
δ: 0.83 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.05 (3H, brs), 1.10-1.25 (2H, m), 1.35 to 1.55 (4H, m ), 1.65-1.75 (2H, m), 1.79 (3H, m), 2.90-3.20 (3H, m), 3.20-3.50 (2H, m), 3.90-4.00 (2H, m), 4.36 (2H, d, J = 3.6 Hz), 4.54 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.90-6.95 (2H, m), 6.92-7.00 (2H, m), 7.20-7.35 (2H, m), 7.53 (1H, s), 7.90 (1H, s).

(実施例28)
ヘキシル 3-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-6-(アセトキシメチル)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシテトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)-5-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシベンゾエート(以下、実施例28の化合物)の合成:
[ステップ1]
ヘキシル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-スルファモイルベンゾエート(以下、参考例11の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
 室温下、ブメタニド(0.364g、1.0mmol)とヘキサノール(0.167mL、1.3mmol)のトルエン(17mL)溶液に、硫酸(0.5mL)を加え、100℃で5時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、冷水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、水で順次洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮し、参考例11の化合物を0.375g(84%)得た。
MS(ESI):([M+H])449. (Example 28)
Hexyl 3- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) -3,4,5-trihydroxytetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) sulfamoyl) -5- (butylamino ) Synthesis of 4-phenoxybenzoate (compound of Example 28):
[Step 1]
Synthesis of hexyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5-sulfamoylbenzoate (hereinafter referred to as the compound of Reference Example 11):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Sulfuric acid (0.5 mL) was added to a toluene (17 mL) solution of bumetanide (0.364 g, 1.0 mmol) and hexanol (0.167 mL, 1.3 mmol) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, cold water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to obtain 0.375 g (84%) of the compound of Reference Example 11.
MS (ESI): ([M + H] + ) 449.

[ステップ2]
(2R,3R,4S,5R)-2-(アセトキシメチル)-6-(3-(ブチルアミノ)-5-((ヘキシルオキシ)カルボニル)-2-フェノキシフェニルスルホンアミド)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-3,4,5-トリイル トリアセテート(以下、参考例12の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
 参考例11の化合物(0.449g、1.0mmol)と(3R,4S,5R,6R)-6-(アセトキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2,3,4,5-テトライル テトラアセテート(0.390g、1.0mmol)のトルエン(40mL)溶液に、三フッ化ホウ素エーテル錯体(0.5mL)を加え、90℃で2時間撹拌した。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、冷水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(石油エーテル/酢酸エチル=5/1)で精製し、参考例12の化合物を0.209g(27%)得た。
MS(ESI):([M+H])779.86 [Step 2]
(2R, 3R, 4S, 5R) -2- (acetoxymethyl) -6- (3- (butylamino) -5-((hexyloxy) carbonyl) -2-phenoxyphenylsulfonamido) tetrahydro-2H-pyran- Synthesis of 3,4,5-triyl triacetate (hereinafter, compound of Reference Example 12):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
The compound of Reference Example 11 (0.449 g, 1.0 mmol) and (3R, 4S, 5R, 6R) -6- (acetoxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,3,4,5-tetrayl tetraacetate (0 Boron trifluoride ether complex (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of .390 g (1.0 mmol) in toluene (40 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, cold water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate = 5/1) to obtain 0.209 g (27%) of the compound of Reference Example 12.
MS (ESI): ([M + H] + ) 779.86

[ステップ3]
ヘキシル 3-(ブチルアミノ)-4-フェノキシ-5-(N-((3R,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-トリヒドロキシ-6-(ヒドロキシメチル)テトラヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-イル)スルファモイル)ベンゾエート(以下、参考例13の化合物)の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
 0℃、アルゴン雰囲気下、ヘキサノール(3mL)に金属ナトリウム(0.031g、1.34mmol)を加えて得られた溶液を、参考例12の化合物(0.209g、0.27mmol)のトルエン(15mL)溶液にゆっくりと加え、室温で1時間撹拌した。反応混合物に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、濃縮した。残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/メタノール=40/1)で精製し、参考例13の化合物を0.060g(36%)得た。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDCl
δ:0.50-0.90(3H,m),0.88(3H,brs)、1.00-1.15(2H,m),1.20-1.40(8H,m),1.60-1.75(2H,m),2.80-3.10(3H,m),3.20-3.60(5H,m),4.00(1H,brs),4.06-4.35(2H,m),4.52(1H,t,J=13.8Hz),6.85-6.87(2H,m),6.96(1H,t,J=10.8Hz),7.17(2H,t,J=5.4Hz),7.50(1H,s),7.95(1H,s). [Step 3]
Hexyl 3- (butylamino) -4-phenoxy-5- (N-((3R, 4S, 5S, 6R) -3,4,5-trihydroxy-6- (hydroxymethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2 Synthesis of -yl) sulfamoyl) benzoate (compound of Reference Example 13 hereinafter):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
A solution obtained by adding metallic sodium (0.031 g, 1.34 mmol) to hexanol (3 mL) under an argon atmosphere at 0 ° C. was dissolved in toluene (15 mL) of the compound of Reference Example 12 (0.209 g, 0.27 mmol). ) Slowly added to the solution and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. A saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (dichloromethane / methanol = 40/1) to obtain 0.060 g (36%) of the compound of Reference Example 13.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CDCl 3 )
δ: 0.50-0.90 (3H, m), 0.88 (3H, brs), 1.00-1.15 (2H, m), 1.20-1.40 (8H, m), 1.60-1.75 (2H, m), 2.80-3.10 (3H, m), 3.20-3.60 (5H, m), 4.00 (1H, brs), 4. 06-4.35 (2H, m), 4.52 (1H, t, J = 13.8 Hz), 6.85-6.87 (2H, m), 6.96 (1H, t, J = 10) .8 Hz), 7.17 (2H, t, J = 5.4 Hz), 7.50 (1H, s), 7.95 (1H, s).

[ステップ4]
実施例28の化合物の合成:

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
 参考例13の化合物とアセチルクロリドを用いて、実施例22と同様の手順により、実施例28の化合物を合成した。
H-NMR(600MHz,CDOD)
δ:0.71(3H,t,J=7.2Hz),0.72(3H,brs),0.90-1.10(2H,m),1.28(6H,brs),1.38(2H,brs),1.60-1.70(2H,m),1.75(3H,s),2.90-3.10(3H,m),3.10-3.50(2H,m),3.75-3.90(2H,m),4.25(2H,d,J=3.6Hz),4.39(1H,d,J=9.0Hz),6.80-6.95(2H,m),6.92-7.00(2H,m),7.10-7.20(2H,m),7.40(1H,s),7.77(1H,s). [Step 4]
Synthesis of the compound of Example 28:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
The compound of Example 28 was synthesized by the same procedure as in Example 22 using the compound of Reference Example 13 and acetyl chloride.
1 H-NMR (600 MHz, CD 3 OD)
δ: 0.71 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.72 (3H, brs), 0.90-1.10 (2H, m), 1.28 (6H, brs), 1. 38 (2H, brs), 1.60-1.70 (2H, m), 1.75 (3H, s), 2.90-3.10 (3H, m), 3.10-3.50 ( 2H, m), 3.75-3.90 (2H, m), 4.25 (2H, d, J = 3.6 Hz), 4.39 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6. 80-6.95 (2H, m), 6.92-7.00 (2H, m), 7.10-7.20 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, s), 7.77 ( 1H, s).

(実施例29)
スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩のラットにおける薬物動態:
 実施例1~13の化合物及び比較例1~4の化合物をそれぞれ雄性ラットに経口投与した後の変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度を測定し、ブメタニドを経口投与した場合のブメタニドの血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度と比較した。
(Example 29)
Pharmacokinetics in rats of sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
After the oral administration of the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 and the compounds of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 to male rats, the plasma concentration and brain concentration of converted bumetanide were measured. Comparison was made with plasma and brain concentrations.

 実験には、固形飼料(オリエンタル酵母工業株式会社)及び水道水を自由に摂取させた6~8週齢のRcc:Han Wistar系雄性ラット(日本医科学動物資材研究所)を、化合物投与前に約16時間絶食させた後に使用した。なお、投与後約4時間が経過してから給餌を再開した。 In the experiment, 6-8 week old Rcc: Han Wistar male rats (Nippon Medical and Animal Research Laboratories) were allowed to freely ingest solid feed (Oriental Yeast Co., Ltd.) and tap water before compound administration. Used after fasting for about 16 hours. Feeding was resumed after about 4 hours had elapsed after administration.

 実施例1~13の化合物、比較例1~4の化合物及びブメタニドを、それぞれラットに20μmol/kgの用量で、単回経口投与した。実施例1~13の化合物、比較例1~4の化合物及びブメタニドの投与液は、0.5%メチルセルロース水溶液にそれぞれ溶解又は懸濁して調製した。投与液の経口投与は、無麻酔下で経口ゾンデを装着した注射筒を用いて5mL/kgの容量で、胃内へ強制的に行った。 The compounds of Examples 1 to 13, the compounds of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 and bumetanide were each orally administered to a rat at a dose of 20 μmol / kg. The administration solutions of the compounds of Examples 1 to 13, the compounds of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 and bumetanide were prepared by dissolving or suspending in 0.5% methylcellulose aqueous solution, respectively. Oral administration of the administration solution was forcibly performed into the stomach at a volume of 5 mL / kg using a syringe equipped with an oral sonde without anesthesia.

 経口投与後30分及び1、2、6時間のそれぞれの時点で、ラットの頸静脈又は心臓からイソフルラン軽麻酔下で採血をした。なお、各化合物につき、6匹のラットに投与し、そのうちの3匹については経口投与後30分及び1時間の時点で採血し、残りの3匹については経口投与後2及び6時間の時点で採血した。また、経口投与後1及び6時間の採血を終えたラットから脳を採取した。さらに、化合物を投与していないラットから、ブランクの血液及び脳を採取した。 At 30 minutes after oral administration and at 1, 2, 6 hours, blood was collected from rat jugular vein or heart under isoflurane light anesthesia. Each compound was administered to 6 rats, of which 3 were collected at 30 minutes and 1 hour after oral administration, and the remaining 3 were collected at 2 and 6 hours after oral administration. Blood was collected. In addition, brains were collected from rats that had finished blood collection for 1 and 6 hours after oral administration. In addition, blank blood and brain were collected from rats not receiving the compound.

 採取した血液を、4℃、15000rpmで10分間遠心(日立工機 CT15RE)して血漿を分離し、得られた血漿は分析用試料の調製時まで-20℃で保管した。また、採取した脳は、脳重量の2倍量の蒸留水を加えて均一になるまで組織をすりつぶし(株式会社バイオメディカルサイエンス Shake Master Neo)、得られた脳ホモジナイズ液は分析用試料の調製時まで-20℃で保管した。なお、化合物を投与したラットから得られた血漿及び脳ホモジナイズ液を、それぞれラット血漿サンプル、ラット脳サンプルとよび、化合物を投与していないラットから得られた血漿及び脳ホモジナイズ液を、それぞれブランク血漿、ブランク脳とよぶ。 The collected blood was centrifuged at 4 ° C. and 15000 rpm for 10 minutes (Hitachi Koki CT15RE) to separate plasma, and the obtained plasma was stored at −20 ° C. until the preparation of the sample for analysis. In addition, the collected brain is added with distilled water twice as much as the brain weight to grind the tissue until it becomes uniform (Biomedical Science, Inc., Shake Master Neo), and the obtained brain homogenized solution is used when preparing the sample for analysis. Until -20 ° C. The plasma and brain homogenized solution obtained from the rat administered with the compound are referred to as the rat plasma sample and the rat brain sample, respectively, and the plasma and brain homogenized solution obtained from the rat not administered with the compound are respectively referred to as the blank plasma. This is called a blank brain.

 ラット血漿サンプル、又は、ブランク血漿で適宜希釈したラット血漿サンプル50μLに、内部標準溶液20μL及びメタノール120μLを添加し、撹拌してから、4℃で10分間冷却した。また、ラット脳サンプル、又は、ブランク脳で適宜希釈したラット血漿サンプル50μLに、内部標準溶液20μL及びアセトニトリル又はメタノール/アセトニトリル=1/1(V/V)120μLを添加し、撹拌してから、4℃で10分間冷却した。検量線サンプルは、ブランク血漿及びブランク脳に検量線用標準液を添加したものを、同様に処理して調製した。 To a rat plasma sample or rat plasma sample diluted appropriately with blank plasma, 50 μL of an internal standard solution and 120 μL of methanol were added, stirred, and then cooled at 4 ° C. for 10 minutes. In addition, 20 μL of an internal standard solution and 120 μL of acetonitrile or methanol / acetonitrile = 1/1 (V / V) were added to 50 μL of a rat brain sample or a rat plasma sample appropriately diluted with a blank brain, and then stirred. Cool at 10 ° C. for 10 minutes. A calibration curve sample was prepared by treating a blank plasma and a blank brain to which a standard curve standard solution was added in the same manner.

 冷却後の各サンプルは、4℃、3000rpmで10分間遠心(日立工機 Himac CF7D2)し、上清を0.2μmフィルタープレート(ワットマン)上に添加してさらに4oC、2000rpmで5分間遠心ろ過(日立工機 Himac CF7D2)し、得られたろ液に蒸留水(50μL)を添加して、分析用試料とした。 Each sample after cooling is centrifuged for 10 minutes at 4 ° C. and 3000 rpm (Hitachi Koki Himac CF7D2), and the supernatant is added onto a 0.2 μm filter plate (Whatman) and further centrifuged at 4 ° C. and 2000 rpm for 5 minutes ( Hitachi Koki Himac CF7D2), and distilled water (50 μL) was added to the obtained filtrate to prepare a sample for analysis.

 得られた分析用試料をLC/MS/MS分析した。分析は、表2若しくは3に示す条件又はそれに準じる方法で行った。 The obtained analytical sample was subjected to LC / MS / MS analysis. The analysis was performed under the conditions shown in Table 2 or 3 or a method according thereto.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000091

 LC/MS/MS分析の結果から、Analyst 1.4(Applied Biosystems)を用いて検量線を作成し、分析用試料中の、投与した化合物(実施例1~13の化合物、比較例1~4の化合物及びブメタニド)及び変換後のブメタニド(実施例1~13の化合物及び比較例1~4の化合物を投与した場合)の濃度を算出した。各化合物について採血及び脳採取の各時点につき、投与した化合物及び変換後のブメタニドの血漿中濃度並びに脳中濃度(平均値±標準偏差、N=3(一部、N=2))を算出した。また、ブメタニド(実施例1~13の化合物及び比較例1~4の化合物を投与した場合は変換後のブメタニド)の脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を算出した。なお、脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)の算出においては、各化合物について採血及び脳採取の各時点の、脳中濃度の平均値及び血漿中濃度の平均値を用いた。 From the results of LC / MS / MS analysis, a calibration curve was prepared using Analyst 1.4 (Applied Biosystems), and the administered compound (the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4) in the sample for analysis. And bumetanide after conversion (when the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 and the compounds of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were administered) were calculated. For each compound, the plasma concentration and brain concentration (average value ± standard deviation, N = 3 (partially, N = 2)) of the administered compound and bumetanide after conversion were calculated for each time point of blood collection and brain collection. . Further, the percentage of brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) of bumetanide (converted bumetanide when administered with the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4) (%) Was calculated. In calculating the percentage (%) of brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L), the mean value of brain concentration and plasma at each time point of blood collection and brain collection for each compound The average value of medium concentration was used.

 その結果を、図1~18及び表4~39に示す。 The results are shown in FIGS. 1 to 18 and Tables 4 to 39.

 ブメタニドをラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の結果を、図1、表4及び5に示す。表4は、ブメタニド投与からの各時間(各時点)におけるブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)及び脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図1は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸をブメタニド投与からの時間として、表4の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表5は、ブメタニド投与後1及び6時間の、ブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 1 and Tables 4 and 5 show the results when bumetanide was orally administered (20 μmol / kg) to rats. Table 4 shows the plasma concentration (nmol / L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) of bumetanide at each time (each time point) after bumetanide administration, and FIG. 1 shows the plasma concentration and brain concentration in the vertical axis. The values in Table 4 are plotted with the concentration as the horizontal axis and the time from the administration of bumetanide (mean value ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 5 shows the percentage (%) of bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of bumetanide.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000092

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093

 実施例1~13の化合物をそれぞれラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の結果を、図2~14及び表6~31に示す。 The results of oral administration (20 μmol / kg) of the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 to rats are shown in FIGS. 2 to 14 and Tables 6 to 31, respectively.

 表6は、実施例1の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例1の化合物、及び、実施例1の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図2は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例1の化合物投与からの時間として、表6の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表7は、実施例1の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 6 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 1 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 1 (nmol / m) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 1 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 2 plots the values in Table 6 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 1. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 7 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 1.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000094

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000095

 表8は、実施例2の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例2の化合物、及び、実施例2の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図3は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例2の化合物投与からの時間として、表8の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表9は、実施例2の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 8 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 2 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 2 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 2 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 3 plots the values in Table 8 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 2. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 9 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 2.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097

 表10は、実施例3の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例3の化合物、及び、実施例3の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図4は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例3の化合物投与からの時間として、表10の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表11は、実施例3の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 10 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 3 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 3 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 3 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 4 plots the values in Table 10 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 3. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 11 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 3.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000098

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000099

 表12は、実施例4の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例4の化合物、及び、実施例4の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図5は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例4の化合物投与からの時間として、表12の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表13は、実施例4の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 12 shows the plasma concentration (nmol / mg) of the compound of Example 4 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 4 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 4 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 5 plots the values in Table 12 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 4. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 13 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 4.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000100

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000101

 表14は、実施例5の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例5の化合物、及び、実施例5の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図6は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例5の化合物投与からの時間として、表14の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表15は、実施例5の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 14 shows the plasma concentration (nmol / mg) of the compound of Example 5 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 5 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 5 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 6 plots the values in Table 14 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 5. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 15 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 5.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000102

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000103

 表16は、実施例6の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例6の化合物、及び、実施例6の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図7は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例6の化合物投与からの時間として、表16の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表17は、実施例6の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 16 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 6 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 6 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 6 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 7 plots the values in Table 16 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 6. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 17 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 6.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000104

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000105

 表18は、実施例7の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例7の化合物、及び、実施例7の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図8は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例7の化合物投与からの時間として、表18の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表19は、実施例7の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。なお、投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)は、投与後1及び6時間の血漿中濃度が0nmol/Lであったため、算出不可能であった。 Table 18 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 7 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 7 (nmol / m) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 7 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 8 plots the values in Table 18 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 7. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 19 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 7. The percentage (%) of the converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) at 1 and 6 hours after administration is the plasma concentration at 1 and 6 hours after administration. Since it was 0 nmol / L, calculation was impossible.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000106

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000107
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000107

 表20は、実施例8の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例8の化合物、及び、実施例8の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図9は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例8の化合物投与からの時間として、表20の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表21は、実施例8の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 20 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 8 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 8 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 8 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 9 plots the values in Table 20 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 8. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 21 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 8.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000108

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000109

 表22は、実施例9の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例9の化合物、及び、実施例9の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図10は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例9の化合物投与からの時間として、表22の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表23は、実施例9の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。なお、投与後6時間の変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)は、投与後6時間の血漿中濃度が0nmol/Lであったため、算出不可能であった。 Table 22 shows the plasma concentration (nmol / mol) of the compound of Example 9 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 9 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 9 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 10 plots the values in Table 22 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 9. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 23 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 9. The percentage (%) of the converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 6 hours after administration was such that the plasma concentration 6 hours after administration was 0 nmol / L. Therefore, calculation was impossible.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000111

 表24は、実施例10の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例10の化合物、及び、実施例10の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図11は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例10の化合物投与からの時間として、表24の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表25は、実施例10の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。なお、投与後1及び6時間、変換されたのブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)は、投与後1及び6時間の血漿中濃度が0nmol/Lであったため、算出不可能であった。 Table 24 shows the plasma concentration (nmol / mg) of the compound of Example 10 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 10 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 10 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 11 plots the values in Table 24, with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 10. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 25 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 10. The percentage (%) of the converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration is the plasma concentration 1 and 6 hours after administration. Since it was 0 nmol / L, calculation was impossible.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000112

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113

 表26は、実施例11の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例11の化合物、及び、実施例11の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図12は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例11の化合物投与からの時間として、表26の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表27は、実施例11の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 26 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 11 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 11 (nmol / mol) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 11 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 12 plots the values in Table 26, with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 11. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 27 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 11.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000114

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000115

 表28は、実施例12の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例12の化合物、及び、実施例12の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図13は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例12の化合物投与からの時間として、表28の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表29は、実施例12の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 28 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 12 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 12 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 12 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 13 plots the values in Table 28 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 12. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 29 also shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 12.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000116

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000117

 表30は、実施例13の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例13の化合物、及び、実施例13の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図14は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を実施例13の化合物投与からの時間として、表30の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表31は、実施例13の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 30 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Example 13 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 13 (nmol / mg) at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 13 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 14 plots the values in Table 30 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Example 13. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 31 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Example 13.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000118
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000118

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000119

 比較例1~4の化合物をそれぞれラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の結果を、図15~18及び表32~39に示す。 The results of oral administration (20 μmol / kg) of the compounds of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 to rats are shown in FIGS. 15 to 18 and Tables 32 to 39, respectively.

 表32は、比較例1の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、比較例1の化合物、及び、比較例1の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図15は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を比較例1の化合物投与からの時間として、表32の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=2又は3)。なお、表32中の*印で示された値は、N=2で算出した値を示す(他の値はN=3で算出した)。また、表33は、比較例1の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 32 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Comparative Example 1 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Comparative Example 1 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 1 (20 μmol / kg) (nmol / L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 15 plots the values in Table 32 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Comparative Example 1. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 2 or 3). The values indicated by * in Table 32 are values calculated with N = 2 (other values were calculated with N = 3). Table 33 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 1.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000120

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000121

 表34は、比較例2の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、比較例2の化合物、及び、比較例2の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図16は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を比較例2の化合物投与からの時間として、表34の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=2又は3)。なお、表34中の*印で示された値は、N=2で算出した値を示す(他の値はN=3で算出した)。また、表35は、比較例2の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 34 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Comparative Example 2 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Comparative Example 2 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 2 (20 μmol / kg) (nmol / L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 16 plots the values in Table 34, with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Comparative Example 2. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 2 or 3). In Table 34, the value indicated by * indicates a value calculated with N = 2 (other values were calculated with N = 3). Table 35 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 2.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000122

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000123
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000123

 表36は、比較例3の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、比較例3の化合物、及び、比較例3の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図17は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を比較例3の化合物投与からの時間として、表36の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表37は、比較例3の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 36 shows the plasma concentration of the compound of Comparative Example 3 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Comparative Example 3 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 3 (20 μmol / kg) (nmol / L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), FIG. 17 plots the values in Table 36 with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Comparative Example 3. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 37 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 3.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000124
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000124

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000125
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000125

 表38は、比較例4の化合物(20μmol/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、比較例4の化合物、及び、比較例4の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(nmol/L)並びに脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)を示し、図18は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳中濃度とし、横軸を比較例4の化合物投与からの時間として、表38の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表39は、比較例4の化合物投与後1及び6時間の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度(nmol/kg組織)/血漿中濃度(nmol/L)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 38 shows the plasma concentration (nmol / mol) of the compound of Comparative Example 4 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Comparative Example 4 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 4 (20 μmol / kg). L) and brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue), and FIG. 18 plots the values in Table 38, with the vertical axis representing plasma concentration and brain concentration, and the horizontal axis representing time from administration of the compound of Comparative Example 4. (Mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 39 shows the percentage (%) of converted bumetanide brain concentration (nmol / kg tissue) / plasma concentration (nmol / L) 1 and 6 hours after administration of the compound of Comparative Example 4.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000126
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000126

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000127
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000127

 ブメタニドをラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した場合の脳中濃度は、投与後1時間では11.0±15.5nmol/kg組織であったが、投与後6時間では1.39±1.00nmol/kg組織であり、脳中濃度は急激に低下し全く持続しなかった(図1及び表4)。一方、実施例1~13の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した場合、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度は、投与後1時間ではブメタニドをラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した時の脳中濃度(図1及び表4)と同等又はそれ以下であったが、投与後6時間では投与後1時間の脳中濃度が持続するか又は上昇した。 The brain concentration when bumetanide was orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg) was 11.0 ± 15.5 nmol / kg tissue 1 hour after administration, but 1.39 ± 1. It was 00 nmol / kg tissue, and the brain concentration rapidly decreased and did not persist at all (FIG. 1 and Table 4). On the other hand, when the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 were orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg), the converted bumetanide concentration in the brain was 1 hour after administration when bumetanide was orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg). However, at 6 hours after administration, the brain concentration at 1 hour after administration continued or increased.

 また、ブメタニド投与後1及び6時間の、ブメタニドの脳中濃度/血漿中濃度(%)は、それぞれ2.12%、0.68%であり、ブメタニドを経口投与した場合、脳中濃度/血漿中濃度(%)は極めて低値であった。一方、実施例1~13の化合物を投与した場合の、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度/血漿中濃度(%)は、ブメタニドを経口投与した場合と比較して、高値を示した。このことから、実施例1~13の化合物は、脳中への移行性が高く、薬理活性を有するブメタニドに脳中で変換されることが示された。 In addition, the concentration of bumetanide in the brain / plasma concentration (%) at 1 and 6 hours after administration of bumetanide was 2.12% and 0.68%, respectively. The medium concentration (%) was extremely low. On the other hand, the brain concentration / plasma concentration (%) of the converted bumetanide when the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 were administered were higher than those when bumetanide was orally administered. From this, it was shown that the compounds of Examples 1 to 13 have high transferability into the brain and are converted into bumetanide having pharmacological activity in the brain.

 一方、比較例1~4の化合物をラットに経口投与(20μmol/kg)した場合、変換されたブメタニドは脳中において全く検出されなかった。 On the other hand, when the compounds of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were orally administered to rats (20 μmol / kg), no converted bumetanide was detected in the brain.

 したがって、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩は、脳中への移行性が高く、薬理活性を有するブメタニドに脳中で変換されること、さらに、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度が持続することが示された。 Therefore, the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be converted into bumetanide having high transferability into the brain and having pharmacological activity, and further converted bumetanide. It was shown that the brain concentration of was sustained.

(実施例30)
スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩の血液脳関門再構築モデルによる血液脳関門透過係数評価:
 血液脳関門再構築モデルを用いて、脳移行性の指標となる血液脳関門透過係数を評価し、実施例3、14~28の化合物の血液脳関門透過係数とブメタニドの血液脳関門透過係数とを比較した。
(Example 30)
Evaluation of blood-brain barrier permeability coefficient by blood-brain barrier remodeling model of sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Using the blood brain barrier remodeling model, the blood brain barrier permeability coefficient as an index of brain migration was evaluated, and the blood brain barrier permeability coefficient of the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 to 28 and the blood brain barrier permeability coefficient of bumetanide Compared.

 実験には、血液脳関門再構築モデルとして市販されているサル型BBB kit(MBT-24H;ファーマコセル株式会社)を使用した。 In the experiment, a monkey-type BBB kit (MBT-24H; Pharmacocell Co., Ltd.) commercially available as a blood-brain barrier reconstruction model was used.

 BBB kitは凍結した状態のまま、添付の培地を脳側及び血液側コンパートメントに添加して解凍し、空気中に5%の二酸化炭素を含む37℃の培養器中で培養を開始した。培養開始から3時間後及び翌日に、培地交換を行った後、培養開始から4~5日後に以下の実験に使用した。 With the BBB kit frozen, the attached medium was added to the brain and blood compartments and thawed, and culture was started in a 37 ° C. incubator containing 5% carbon dioxide in the air. The medium was changed 3 hours after the start of culture and the next day, and then used for the following experiments 4 to 5 days after the start of culture.

 BBB kitの脳側及び血液側コンパートメントの培地を除去した。血液側コンパートメントに、1μmol/Lの化合物(25mmol/Lのショ糖を含むダルベッコリン酸緩衝食塩水に溶解)を200μL添加し、脳側コンパートメントには、25mmol/Lのショ糖を含むダルベッコリン酸緩衝食塩水を900μL添加し、37℃の培養器中で50回/分で振盪しながら30分間保持した。脳側及び血液側コンパートメントの溶液を回収し、分析用試料とした。 The media of the BBB kit brain side and blood side compartments were removed. 200 μL of 1 μmol / L compound (dissolved in Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline containing 25 mmol / L sucrose) is added to the blood side compartment, and Dulbeccolic acid containing 25 mmol / L sucrose is added to the brain side compartment 900 μL of buffered saline was added and held in a 37 ° C. incubator for 30 minutes with shaking at 50 times / minute. Brain and blood compartment solutions were collected and used as samples for analysis.

 得られた分析用試料をLC/MS/MS分析した。分析は、表2若しくは3に示す条件又はそれに準じる方法で行った。 The obtained analytical sample was subjected to LC / MS / MS analysis. The analysis was performed under the conditions shown in Table 2 or 3 or a method according thereto.

 LC/MS/MS分析の結果から、Analyst 1.4(Applied Biosystems)を用いて、血液側コンパートメント溶液の化合物濃度を1μmol/Lとしたときの脳側コンパートメント溶液の化合物濃度を算出した。 From the results of LC / MS / MS analysis, the compound concentration of the brain side compartment solution when the compound concentration of the blood side compartment solution was 1 μmol / L was calculated using Analyst 1.4 (Applied Biosystems).

 得られた化合物濃度から、下記の式1を用いて血液脳関門透過係数を算出した。
  式1:血液脳関門透過係数=脳側コンパートメント溶液の化合物濃度×脳側コンパートメント溶液の容積÷(試験時間×膜面積×血液側コンパートメント溶液の化合物濃度)
From the compound concentration obtained, the blood brain barrier permeability coefficient was calculated using the following formula 1.
Formula 1: Blood-brain barrier permeability coefficient = compound concentration of brain compartment solution × volume of brain compartment solution ÷ (test time × membrane area × compound concentration of blood compartment solution)

 表40は、ブメタニド及び実施例3、14~28の化合物の血液脳関門透過係数(×10-7cm/秒)と、ブメタニドの血液脳関門透過係数に対する実施例3、14~28の化合物の血液脳関門透過係数の比(対ブメタニド比)を示したものである。 Table 40 shows the blood brain barrier permeability coefficient (× 10 −7 cm / sec) of bumetanide and the compounds of Examples 3, 14-28, and the compounds of Examples 3, 14-28 against the blood brain barrier permeability coefficient of bumetanide. The ratio of blood-brain barrier permeability coefficient (vsumetanide ratio) is shown.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000128
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000128

 実施例3の化合物は、ブメタニドの4.08倍高い血液脳関門透過係数を示したことから、ブメタニドよりも高い脳移行性を有することが予測される。また、ブメタニドのダブルプロドラッグである実施例14~24及び26の化合物並びにブメタニドのトリプルプロドラッグである実施例25、27及び28の化合物はいずれも、ブメタニドより高い血液脳関門透過係数を示した。中でも実施例14~16、22の化合物は、実施例3の化合物よりも高い血液脳関門透過係数を示したことから、実施例3の化合物を投与した場合よりも、脳移行性が向上することが示唆された。 Since the compound of Example 3 exhibited a blood-brain barrier permeability coefficient 4.08 times higher than that of bumetanide, it is predicted that the compound has a higher brain transferability than bumetanide. The compounds of Examples 14 to 24 and 26, which are double prodrugs of bumetanide, and the compounds of Examples 25, 27 and 28, which are triple prodrugs of bumetanide, all showed higher blood brain barrier permeability coefficients than bumetanide. . Among them, the compounds of Examples 14 to 16 and 22 showed higher blood-brain barrier permeability coefficient than the compound of Example 3, so that the brain transferability is improved as compared with the case of administering the compound of Example 3. Was suggested.

(実施例31)
スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩のCaco-2細胞単層培養膜透過係数評価:
 Caco-2細胞を用いて、Caco-2細胞単層培養膜透過係数を評価し、この値から算出される予測経口吸収率を用いて、実施例3、14、19~28の化合物とブメタニドの経口吸収性を比較した。
(Example 31)
Evaluation of permeability coefficient of Caco-2 cell monolayer culture of sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Caco-2 cells were used to evaluate the permeability coefficient of Caco-2 cell monolayer culture membranes, and using the predicted oral absorption rate calculated from this value, the compounds of Examples 3, 14, 19 to 28 and bumetanide Oral absorbability was compared.

 実験には、Caco-2細胞(American Type Culture Collection)及びMillicell 96 Cell Culture Plate(日本ミリポア)を使用した。 In the experiment, Caco-2 cells (American Type Culture Collection) and Millicell 96 Cell Culture Plate (Nippon Millipore) were used.

 Caco-2細胞を、培地(15%牛胎児血清、1%非必須アミノ酸溶液(GIBCO)及び50nmol/L vinblastineを含むダルベッコ改変イーグル培地(シグマアルドリッチジャパン))を用いて9×10細胞/mLに調製し、コラーゲン(日本BDバイオサイエンス)でコーティングしたMillicell 96 Cell Culture Plateのインサートに75μL播種した。Millicell 96 Cell Culture Plateのレシーバーには上記培地を250μL添加した。Caco-2細胞を播種したMillicell 96 Cell Culture Plateを、空気中に5%の二酸化炭素を含む37℃の培養器中で4日間培養した。 Caco-2 cells were cultured at 9 × 10 5 cells / mL using medium (Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (Sigma Aldrich Japan) containing 15% fetal bovine serum, 1% non-essential amino acid solution (GIBCO) and 50 nmol / L vinblastine). 75 microliters seeded on an insert of Millicell 96 Cell Culture Plate coated with collagen (Japan BD Bioscience). 250 μL of the above medium was added to the receiver of the Millicell 96 Cell Culture Plate. Millicell 96 Cell Culture Plate seeded with Caco-2 cells was cultured for 4 days in a 37 ° C. incubator containing 5% carbon dioxide in air.

 インサート及びレシーバーの培地を、MITO+を含むEntero-STIM腸上皮細胞分化培地(日本BDバイオサイエンス)に50nmol/L vinblastineを添加した培地に置換し、さらに3日間培養を行ったものを以下の実験に使用した。 The insert and receiver medium was replaced with a medium in which 50 nmol / L vinblastine was added to Entero-STIM intestinal epithelial cell differentiation medium (Japan BD Bioscience) containing MITO + and further cultured for 3 days in the following experiment. used.

 インサート及びレシーバーの培地を除去した。インサートには、1μmol/Lの化合物(Ca及びMgを含むハンクス生理的緩衝塩溶液に溶解)75μL添加し、レシーバーには、Ca及びMgを含むハンクス生理的緩衝塩溶液を250μL添加し、37℃の培養器中で50回/分で振盪しながら60分間保持した。インサート及びレシーバー中の溶液を回収し、分析用試料とした。 The medium of the insert and receiver was removed. 75 μL of 1 μmol / L compound (dissolved in Hanks physiological buffer salt solution containing Ca and Mg) is added to the insert, and 250 μL of Hanks physiological buffer salt solution containing Ca and Mg is added to the receiver at 37 ° C. In an incubator for 60 minutes with shaking at 50 times / min. The solution in the insert and receiver was collected and used as a sample for analysis.

 得られた分析用試料をLC/MS/MS分析した。分析は、表2若しくは3に示す条件又はそれに準じる方法で行った。 The obtained analytical sample was subjected to LC / MS / MS analysis. The analysis was performed under the conditions shown in Table 2 or 3 or a method according thereto.

 LC/MS/MS分析の結果から、Analyst 1.4(Applied Biosystems)を用いて、インサート中の化合物濃度を1μmol/Lとしたときのレシーバー中の化合物濃度を算出した。 From the results of LC / MS / MS analysis, the compound concentration in the receiver when the compound concentration in the insert was 1 μmol / L was calculated using Analyst 1.4 (Applied Biosystems).

 得られた化合物濃度から、下記の式2を用いてCaco-2細胞単層培養膜透過係数を算出した。
  式2:Caco-2細胞単層培養膜透過係数=レシーバー中の化合物濃度×レシーバー容積÷(試験時間×膜面積×インサート中の化合物濃度)
From the obtained compound concentration, the Caco-2 cell monolayer culture membrane permeability coefficient was calculated using the following formula 2.
Formula 2: Caco-2 cell monolayer culture membrane permeability coefficient = compound concentration in receiver × receiver volume ÷ (test time × membrane area × compound concentration in insert)

 また、経口吸収率が既知の標準化合物(プロプラノロール(経口吸収率90%)、シメチジン(経口吸収率62%)、カフェイン(経口吸収率100%))のCaco-2細胞単層培養膜透過係数についても同時に測定し、測定した標準化合物のCaco-2細胞単層培養膜透過係数と経口吸収率との相関に基づき、各化合物の予測経口吸収率(%)を求めた。 In addition, the permeability coefficient of Caco-2 cell monolayer culture membranes of standard compounds with known oral absorption rates (propranolol (oral absorption rate 90%), cimetidine (oral absorption rate 62%), caffeine (oral absorption rate 100%)) Was measured simultaneously, and the predicted oral absorption rate (%) of each compound was determined based on the correlation between the measured Caco-2 cell monolayer culture membrane permeability coefficient and the oral absorption rate of the standard compound.

 表41及び42、標準化合物のCaco-2細胞単層培養膜透過係数(×10-6cm/秒)及び経口吸収率(%)、ブメタニド及び実施例3、14、19~28の化合物のCaco-2細胞単層培養膜透過係数(×10-6cm/秒)及び予測経口吸収率(%)を示したものである。 Tables 41 and 42, Caco-2 cell monolayer membrane permeability coefficient of standard compounds (× 10 −6 cm / sec) and oral absorption rate (%), bumetanide and Caco of compounds of Examples 3, 14, 19-28 -2 shows a cell monolayer culture membrane permeability coefficient (× 10 -6 cm / sec) and predicted oral absorption rate (%).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000129

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000130
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000130

 実施例3の化合物は、ブメタニドより低い予測経口吸収率を示しており、ブメタニドよりも経口吸収性の低下が予測された。一方、ブメタニドのダブルプロドラッグである実施例14、19~21及び26の化合物(変換を受ける部位2箇所のうちカルボキシル基の化学修飾のみが変換を受けた場合に実施例3の化合物となる)及び実施例22、23の化合物(変換を受ける部位2箇所のうち糖の部分構造のアシル基の部分のみが変換を受けた場合に実施例3の化合物となる)並びにブメタニドのトリプルプロドラッグである実施例25、27及び28の化合物は、実施例3の化合物よりも高い予測経口吸収率を示したことから、これら化合物を経口投与した際には、実施例3の化合物を経口投与した場合よりも経口吸収性が向上することが示唆された。さらに、実施例14、19~21及び26の化合物並びに実施例25、27及び28の化合物は、ブメタニドよりも高い予測経口吸収率を示したことから、これら化合物を経口投与した際には、さらに経口吸収性が向上することが示唆された。したがって、実施例30及び31の結果から、本発明の、ブメタニドのダブルプロドラッグ及びトリプルプロドラッグは、優れた脳移行性及び経口吸収性を有していることから、経口投与した場合に特に有用であることが示された。 The compound of Example 3 showed a predicted oral absorption rate lower than that of bumetanide, and a decrease in oral absorption was predicted compared to bumetanide. On the other hand, the compounds of Examples 14, 19 to 21 and 26 which are double prodrugs of bumetanide (the compound of Example 3 is obtained when only the chemical modification of the carboxyl group of the two sites undergoing conversion undergoes conversion) And the compounds of Examples 22 and 23 (the compound of Example 3 is obtained when only the acyl group part of the sugar partial structure is subjected to conversion in the two sites undergoing conversion) and the triple prodrug of bumetanide Since the compounds of Examples 25, 27 and 28 showed a higher predicted oral absorption rate than the compound of Example 3, when these compounds were orally administered, the compounds of Example 3 were administered orally. It was also suggested that oral absorption is improved. Furthermore, the compounds of Examples 14, 19 to 21 and 26 and the compounds of Examples 25, 27 and 28 showed higher predicted oral absorption rates than bumetanide. Therefore, when these compounds were administered orally, It was suggested that oral absorption is improved. Therefore, from the results of Examples 30 and 31, the double prodrug and triple prodrug of bumetanide according to the present invention are particularly useful when administered orally because they have excellent brain migration and oral absorption. It was shown that.

(実施例32)
スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩のカニクイザルにおける薬物動態:
 実施例3及び14の化合物をそれぞれ雄性カニクイザルに経口投与した後の変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度及び脳脊髄液中濃度を測定し、ブメタニドを経口投与した場合のブメタニドの血漿中濃度及び脳脊髄液中濃度と比較した。
(Example 32)
Pharmacokinetics in cynomolgus monkeys of the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
After the oral administration of the compounds of Examples 3 and 14, respectively, to male cynomolgus monkeys, the plasma concentration and cerebrospinal fluid concentration of converted bumetanide were measured. It was compared with the concentration in the liquid.

 実験には、固形飼料(Purina Mills, LLC)及び水道水を自由に摂取させた4~6歳齢の雄性カニクイザル(新日本科学株式会社)を、化合物投与前に約14時間絶食させた後に使用した。なお、投与後約4時間が経過してから給餌を再開した。 In the experiment, male cynomolgus monkeys (New Nihon Kagaku Co., Ltd.) aged 4 to 6 years with free access to solid feed (Purina Mills, LLC) and tap water were fasted for about 14 hours before compound administration. did. Feeding was resumed after about 4 hours had elapsed after administration.

 実施例3、14の化合物及びブメタニドを、それぞれカニクイザルに3mg/kgの用量で、単回経口投与した。実施例3、14の化合物及びブメタニドの投与液は、ダルベッコリン酸緩衝食塩水にそれぞれ溶解又は懸濁して調製した。投与液の経口投与は、無麻酔下でディスポーザブルカテーテル(ニプロ株式会社)及び注射筒(ニプロ株式会社)を用いて、鼻腔から胃内に投与し、投与終了後は飲水約5mLを注入した。 The compounds of Examples 3 and 14 and bumetanide were each orally administered to cynomolgus monkeys at a dose of 3 mg / kg. The administration solutions of the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 and bumetanide were prepared by dissolving or suspending each in Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline. Oral administration of the administration liquid was performed in the stomach through the nasal cavity using a disposable catheter (Nipro Corporation) and a syringe (Nipro Corporation) without anesthesia, and about 5 mL of drinking water was injected after the administration.

 経口投与後15、30、45分及び1、2、4、6、8時間のそれぞれの時点で、カニクイザル大腿静脈からヘパリンナトリウム加注射筒(採血量に対し10unit/mLとなるようにヘパリンナトリウム添加)を用いて採血した。また、経口投与後15分に塩酸メデトミジン及び塩酸ケタミンの併用麻酔下で、くも膜下腔から脳脊髄液を採取した。さらに、化合物を投与していないカニクイザルから、ブランクの血液及び脳脊髄液を採取した。 At 30, 45, 45 minutes and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 hours after oral administration, heparin sodium injection cylinder from cynomolgus monkey femoral vein (heparin sodium added to 10 units / mL with respect to the amount of blood collected) ). Cerebrospinal fluid was collected from the subarachnoid space under combined anesthesia with medetomidine hydrochloride and ketamine hydrochloride 15 minutes after oral administration. In addition, blank blood and cerebrospinal fluid were collected from cynomolgus monkeys not receiving the compound.

 採取した血液を、4℃、1710×gで15分間遠心(株式会社久保田製作所、コンパクト高速冷却遠心機6930)して血漿を分離し、得られた血漿は分析用試料の調製時まで-70℃で保管した。採取した脳脊髄液は、4℃、1710×gで15分間遠心(株式会社久保田製作所、コンパクト高速冷却遠心機6930)して血球等を分離除去し、分析用試料の調製時まで-70℃で保管した。なお、化合物を投与したカニクイザルから得られた血漿及び脳脊髄液を、それぞれカニクイザル血漿サンプル、カニクイザル脳脊髄液サンプルとよび、化合物を投与していないカニクイザルから得られた血漿及び脳脊髄液を、それぞれブランク血漿、ブランク脳脊髄液とよぶ。 The collected blood was centrifuged at 4 ° C. and 1710 × g for 15 minutes (Kubota Co., Ltd., compact high-speed cooling centrifuge 6930) to separate plasma, and the obtained plasma was −70 ° C. until the preparation of the sample for analysis. Stored in. The collected cerebrospinal fluid was centrifuged at 4 ° C. and 1710 × g for 15 minutes (Kubota Co., Ltd., compact high-speed cooling centrifuge 6930) to separate and remove blood cells and the like at −70 ° C. until the preparation of the sample for analysis. Stored. The plasma and cerebrospinal fluid obtained from the cynomolgus monkey administered with the compound are referred to as cynomolgus monkey plasma sample and cynomolgus monkey cerebral spinal fluid sample, respectively. It is called blank plasma or blank cerebrospinal fluid.

 カニクイザル血漿サンプル、又は、ブランク血漿で適宜希釈したカニクイザル血漿サンプル50μLに、内部標準溶液20μL及びメタノール120μLを添加し、撹拌してから、4℃で10分間冷却した。またカニクイザル脳脊髄液サンプル50μLに、内部標準溶液20μL及びメタノール120μLを添加し、撹拌してから、4℃で10分間冷却した。検量線サンプルは、ブランク血漿又はブランク脳脊髄液に検量線用標準液を添加したものを、同様に処理して調製した。 The internal standard solution 20 μL and methanol 120 μL were added to a cynomolgus monkey plasma sample or 50 μL of a cynomolgus monkey plasma sample appropriately diluted with blank plasma, stirred, and then cooled at 4 ° C. for 10 minutes. Further, 20 μL of an internal standard solution and 120 μL of methanol were added to 50 μL of a cynomolgus monkey cerebrospinal fluid sample, stirred, and then cooled at 4 ° C. for 10 minutes. A calibration curve sample was prepared by treating a blank plasma or blank cerebrospinal fluid with a standard curve standard solution in the same manner.

 冷却後の各サンプルは、4℃、3000rpmで10分間遠心(日立工機 Himac CF7D2)し、上清を0.2μmフィルタープレート(ワットマン)上に添加してさらに4oC、2000rpmで5分間遠心ろ過(日立工機 Himac CF7D2)し、得られたろ液に蒸留水(50μL)を添加して、分析用試料とした。 Each sample after cooling is centrifuged for 10 minutes at 4 ° C. and 3000 rpm (Hitachi Koki Himac CF7D2), and the supernatant is added onto a 0.2 μm filter plate (Whatman) and further centrifuged at 4 ° C. and 2000 rpm for 5 minutes ( Hitachi Koki Himac CF7D2), and distilled water (50 μL) was added to the obtained filtrate to prepare a sample for analysis.

 得られた分析用試料をLC/MS/MS分析した。分析は、表2若しくは3に示す条件又はそれに準じる方法で行った。 The obtained analytical sample was subjected to LC / MS / MS analysis. The analysis was performed under the conditions shown in Table 2 or 3 or a method according thereto.

 LC/MS/MS分析の結果から、Analyst 1.4(Applied Biosystems)を用いて検量線を作成し、分析用試料中の、投与した化合物(実施例3、14の化合物及びブメタニド)、及び、変換後のブメタニド(実施例3、14の化合物を投与した場合)の濃度を算出した。各化合物について採血及び脳脊髄液採取の各時点につき、投与した化合物、及び、変換後のブメタニドの、血漿中濃度並びに脳脊髄液中濃度(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)を算出した。また、ブメタニド(実施例3、14の化合物を投与した場合は変換後のブメタニド)の脳脊髄液中濃度(ng/mL)/血漿中濃度(ng/mL)の百分率(%)を個体ごとに算出し、平均値±標準偏差(N=3)として示した。脳脊髄液中にはほとんどタンパク質が存在しないため、薬物はタンパク質非結合状態で存在している。そのため、脳脊髄液中の薬物濃度は、タンパク質非結合の薬物濃度とみなすことができる(Lange、Journal of Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics 2013年、第40巻、p.315-326)。一方、血漿にはアルブミンを代表とするタンパク質、すなわち、血漿タンパク質が存在しているため、血漿中のブメタニドの95%は血漿タンパク質に結合しており、血漿タンパク質に非結合のブメタニドは5%にすぎない(Pentikainenら、British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology、1977年、第4巻、p.39-44)。そこで、脳脊髄液中及び血漿中のブメタニド濃度の双方を、薬理活性を有するブメタニドの脳移行性を示す指標として実質により近い値であるタンパク質非結合状態で比較することを意図して、ブメタニドの血漿中濃度をタンパク質非結合ブメタニドの血漿中濃度に換算した値、すなわち、ブメタニドの血漿中濃度に血漿中ブメタニドの血漿タンパク質非結合率(0.05)を乗じて補正した値を用いることにより、タンパク質非結合ブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度(ng/mL)/血漿中濃度(ng/mL)の百分率(%)を算出し、平均値±標準偏差(N=3)として示した。 From the results of LC / MS / MS analysis, a calibration curve was prepared using Analyst 1.4 (Applied Biosystems), and the administered compound (the compound of Examples 3 and 14 and bumetanide) in the sample for analysis, and The concentration of bumetanide after conversion (when the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 were administered) was calculated. For each time point of blood collection and cerebrospinal fluid collection for each compound, the plasma concentration and cerebrospinal fluid concentration (mean value ± standard deviation, N = 3) of the administered compound and bumetanide after conversion were calculated. Also, the percentage (%) of cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) of bumetanide (bumetanide after conversion when the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 were administered) for each individual. Calculated and expressed as mean ± standard deviation (N = 3). Since there is almost no protein in cerebrospinal fluid, the drug exists in a protein-unbound state. Therefore, the drug concentration in the cerebrospinal fluid can be regarded as a protein non-binding drug concentration (Lange, Journal of Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics 2013, 40, p. 315-326). On the other hand, since there is a protein typified by albumin in plasma, that is, plasma protein, 95% of bumetanide in plasma is bound to plasma protein, and bumetanide unbound to plasma protein is 5%. (Pentikainen et al., British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 1977, Vol. 4, p. 39-44). Therefore, with the intention of comparing both the concentration of bumetanide in cerebrospinal fluid and plasma in the protein non-binding state, which is substantially closer to the value as an indicator of brain translocation of bumetanide having pharmacological activity, By using the value obtained by converting the plasma concentration to the plasma concentration of non-protein bound bumetanide, that is, the value obtained by multiplying the plasma concentration of bumetanide by the plasma protein non-binding rate of plasma bumetanide (0.05), The percentage (%) of cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) of non-protein bound bumetanide was calculated and expressed as the mean ± standard deviation (N = 3).

 その結果を、図19~21及び表43~48に示す。 The results are shown in FIGS. 19 to 21 and Tables 43 to 48.

 ブメタニドをカニクイザルに経口投与(3mg/kg)した時の結果を、図19、表43及び44に示す。表43は、ブメタニド投与からの各時間(各時点)におけるブメタニドの血漿中濃度(ng/mL)及び脳脊髄液中濃度(ng/mL)を示し、図19は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳脊髄液中濃度とし、横軸をブメタニド投与からの時間として、表43の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表44は、ブメタニド投与後15分の、ブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度(ng/mL)/血漿中濃度(ng/mL)の百分率(%)、及び、タンパク質非結合ブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度(ng/mL)/血漿中濃度(ng/mL)の百分率(%)を表す。 FIG. 19, Tables 43 and 44 show the results when bumetanide was orally administered to cynomolgus monkeys (3 mg / kg). Table 43 shows the plasma concentration (ng / mL) and cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) of bumetanide at each time (each time point) after administration of bumetanide, and FIG. The values in Table 43 are plotted with the concentration in the spinal fluid and the horizontal axis as the time since bumetanide administration (mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 44 also shows the percentage of bumetanide cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) (%) 15 minutes after administration of bumetanide and cerebrospinal fluid of protein-bound bumetanide It represents the percentage (%) of medium concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000131
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000131

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000132
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000132

 実施例3及び14の化合物をそれぞれカニクイザルに経口投与(3mg/kg)した時の結果を、表45~48及び図20~21に示す。 Tables 45 to 48 and FIGS. 20 to 21 show the results of oral administration (3 mg / kg) of the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 to cynomolgus monkeys, respectively.

 表45は、実施例3の化合物(3mg/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例3の化合物、及び、実施例3の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(ng/mL)並びに脳脊髄液中濃度(ng/mL)を示し、図20は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳脊髄液中濃度とし、横軸を実施例3の化合物投与からの時間として、表45の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表46は、実施例3の化合物投与後15分の変換されたブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度(ng/mL)/血漿中濃度(ng/mL)の百分率(%)、及び、タンパク質非結合ブメタニド(変換された)の脳脊髄液中濃度(ng/mL)/血漿中濃度(ng/mL)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 45 shows the plasma concentration (ng / ng) of the compound of Example 3 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 3 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 3 (3 mg / kg). 20) and cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL). FIG. 20 shows the concentration in plasma and cerebrospinal fluid on the vertical axis, and the time from administration of the compound of Example 3 on the horizontal axis. Values are plotted (mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 46 also shows the percentage (%) of the converted cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) of bumetanide 15 minutes after administration of the compound of Example 3, and the protein non- It represents the percentage (%) of cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) of bound bumetanide (converted).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000133
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000133

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000134
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000134

 表47は、実施例14の化合物(3mg/kg)投与からの各時間(各時点)における、実施例14の化合物、及び、実施例14の化合物から変換されたブメタニドの血漿中濃度(ng/mL)並びに脳脊髄液中濃度(ng/mL)を示し、図21は縦軸を血漿中濃度及び脳脊髄液中濃度とし、横軸を実施例14の化合物投与からの時間として、表47の値をプロットしたものである(平均値±標準偏差、N=3)。また、表48は、実施例14の化合物投与後15分の変換されたブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度(ng/mL)/血漿中濃度(ng/mL)の百分率(%)、及び、タンパク質非結合ブメタニド(変換された)の脳脊髄液中濃度(ng/mL)/血漿中濃度(ng/mL)の百分率(%)を表す。 Table 47 shows the plasma concentration (ng / mg) of the compound of Example 14 and bumetanide converted from the compound of Example 14 at each time (each time point) after administration of the compound of Example 14 (3 mg / kg). mL) and cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL). FIG. 21 shows the concentration in plasma and cerebrospinal fluid on the vertical axis, and the time from administration of the compound of Example 14 on the horizontal axis. Values are plotted (mean ± standard deviation, N = 3). Table 48 also shows the percentage of converted bumetanide cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) 15 minutes after administration of the compound of Example 14 and protein non- It represents the percentage (%) of cerebrospinal fluid concentration (ng / mL) / plasma concentration (ng / mL) of bound bumetanide (converted).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000135
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000135

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000136
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000136

 ブメタニドをカニクイザルに経口投与(3mg/kg)した場合、投与後15分において、脳脊髄液中濃度は0.048±0.019ng/mLであり、ブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度/血漿中濃度の百分率(%)は0.035±0.033%であった。また、薬理活性を有するブメタニドの脳移行性を示す指標として実質により近い値として算出したタンパク質非結合ブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度/血漿中濃度の百分率(%)は0.700±0.660%と低値を示した(図19並びに表43及び44)。一方、実施例3及び14の化合物をカニクイザルに経口投与(3mg/kg)した場合、投与後15分において、変換されたブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度はそれぞれ0.041±0.011ng/mL、0.035±0.003ng/mL、変換されたブメタニドの脳脊髄液中濃度/血漿中濃度の百分率(%)はそれぞれ0.698±0.403%、1.045±0.496%、タンパク質非結合ブメタニド(変換された)の脳脊髄液中濃度/血漿中濃度の百分率(%)はそれぞれ13.9±8.06%、20.9±9.9%であり、ブメタニドを経口投与した場合と比較して、高値を示した(図20、21及び表45~48)。このことから、実施例3及び14の化合物は、脳中への移行性が高く、薬理活性を有するブメタニドに脳中で変換されることが示された。 When bumetanide was orally administered to cynomolgus monkeys (3 mg / kg), the cerebrospinal fluid concentration was 0.048 ± 0.019 ng / mL at 15 minutes after administration, and bumetanide cerebrospinal fluid concentration / plasma concentration The percentage (%) was 0.035 ± 0.033%. Further, the percentage (%) of cerebrospinal fluid concentration / plasma concentration of protein-unbound bumetanide calculated as a value closer to the substance as an index indicating the brain transferability of bumetanide having pharmacological activity is 0.700 ± 0.660%. (FIG. 19 and Tables 43 and 44). On the other hand, when the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 were orally administered to cynomolgus monkeys (3 mg / kg), the concentration of converted bumetanide in the cerebrospinal fluid was 0.041 ± 0.011 ng / mL, 15 minutes after administration, 0.035 ± 0.003 ng / mL, converted bumetanide cerebrospinal fluid concentration / percentage of plasma concentration (%) is 0.698 ± 0.403%, 1.045 ± 0.496%, protein, respectively The percentage of cerebrospinal fluid concentration / plasma concentration of unbound bumetanide (converted) was 13.9 ± 8.06% and 20.9 ± 9.9%, respectively, and bumetanide was orally administered Compared with the case, the high value was shown (FIGS. 20, 21 and Tables 45 to 48). From this, it was shown that the compounds of Examples 3 and 14 have high transferability into the brain and are converted into bumetanide having pharmacological activity in the brain.

 したがって、この結果からも、スルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩は、脳中への移行性が高く、薬理活性を有するブメタニドに脳中で変換されることが示された。 Therefore, this result also shows that the sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is highly transferred to the brain and converted into bumetanide having pharmacological activity in the brain. It was done.

産業上の利用の可能性Industrial applicability

 本発明のスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体(I)又はその薬学的に許容される塩は、脳中への移行性が高く、薬理活性を有するブメタニドに脳中で変換され、さらに、変換されたブメタニドの脳中濃度が持続することから、ブメタニドのプロドラッグとして利用でき、特に、てんかんの治療剤及び予防剤として利用できる。 The sulfamoylbenzene derivative (I) of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is converted into bumetanide having a high transferability into the brain and having pharmacological activity, and further converted bumetanide. Since the concentration in the brain persists, it can be used as a prodrug of bumetanide, and in particular, can be used as a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for epilepsy.

Claims (6)

 下記一般式(I)で示されるスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体又はその薬学的に許容される塩。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
[式中、Rは、水素原子、あるいは、アミノ酸の部分構造からなる下記A群から選択される基、又は、6位の水酸基の水素原子がアセチル基、ベンゾイル基若しくはピバロイル基で置換されていてもよい糖の部分構造からなる下記B群から選択される基、を表し、
 Xは、酸素原子又はNHを表し、
 Rは、Xが酸素原子である場合に、水素原子、エチル基、ブチル基、ヘキシル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシルカルボニルオキシメチル基、イソブチリルオキシメチル基若しくはピバロイルオキシメチル基又はアミノ酸の部分構造からなる下記C群から選択される基を表し、XがNHである場合に、水酸基の水素原子がメチル基で置換されていてもよい糖の部分構造からなる下記D群から選択される基を表すが、Rが水素原子である場合に水素原子又はエチル基を表すことはない。
A群: 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(*は、Rが結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)
B群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(*は、Rが結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)
C群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(*は、Rが結合する酸素原子との結合位置を表す。)
D群:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(*は、Rが結合する窒素原子との結合位置を表す。)]
A sulfamoylbenzene derivative represented by the following general formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
[Wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a group selected from the following group A consisting of a partial structure of an amino acid, or a hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group at the 6-position is substituted with an acetyl group, a benzoyl group or a pivaloyl group. Represents a group selected from the following group B consisting of a partial structure of sugar,
X represents an oxygen atom or NH;
R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an ethyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethyl group, an isobutyryloxymethyl group, a pivaloyloxymethyl group, or an amino acid when X is an oxygen atom. Represents a group selected from the following group C consisting of a partial structure, and when X is NH, selected from the following group D consisting of a sugar partial structure in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group may be substituted with a methyl group Represents a group, but when R 1 is a hydrogen atom, it does not represent a hydrogen atom or an ethyl group.
Group A:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded.)
Group B:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 1 is bonded.)
Group C:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(* Represents the bonding position with the oxygen atom to which R 2 is bonded.)
Group D:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(* Represents the bonding position with the nitrogen atom to which R 2 is bonded.)]
 Rは、水素原子であり、Xは、酸素原子であり、Rは、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
である、請求項1記載のスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体又はその薬学的に許容される塩。
R 1 is a hydrogen atom, X is an oxygen atom, R 2 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
The sulfamoylbenzene derivative according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 Rは、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
であり、Xは、酸素原子であり、Rは、水素原子である、請求項1記載のスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体又はその薬学的に許容される塩。
R 1 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
The sulfamoylbenzene derivative or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein X is an oxygen atom and R 2 is a hydrogen atom.
 Rは、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
であり、Xは、酸素原子であり、Rは、エチル基である、請求項1記載のスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体又はその薬学的に許容される塩。
R 1 is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
The sulfamoylbenzene derivative or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to claim 1, wherein X is an oxygen atom, and R 2 is an ethyl group.
 請求項1~4のいずれか一項記載のスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体又はその薬学的に許容される塩を有効成分とする、医薬。 A pharmaceutical comprising the sulfamoylbenzene derivative according to any one of claims 1 to 4 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.  請求項1~4のいずれか一項記載のスルファモイルベンゼン誘導体又はその薬学的に許容される塩を有効成分とする、てんかんの治療剤又は予防剤。 A therapeutic or prophylactic agent for epilepsy comprising the sulfamoylbenzene derivative according to any one of claims 1 to 4 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
PCT/JP2014/059183 2013-03-29 2014-03-28 Sulfamoylbenzene derivative and drug application Ceased WO2014157635A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014514966A JPWO2014157635A1 (en) 2013-03-29 2014-03-28 Sulfamoylbenzene derivative and its pharmaceutical use

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013073962 2013-03-29
JP2013-073962 2013-03-29
JP2013-246916 2013-11-29
JP2013246916 2013-11-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014157635A1 true WO2014157635A1 (en) 2014-10-02

Family

ID=51624591

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/059183 Ceased WO2014157635A1 (en) 2013-03-29 2014-03-28 Sulfamoylbenzene derivative and drug application

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2014157635A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201444788A (en)
WO (1) WO2014157635A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019193159A1 (en) 2018-04-06 2019-10-10 Universität Wien Bumetanide derivatives for the therapy of hyperhidrosis
WO2019193161A1 (en) 2018-04-06 2019-10-10 Universität Wien Bumetanide derivatives for the therapy of stroke and other neurological diseases/disorders involving nkccs

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040152646A1 (en) * 2003-02-03 2004-08-05 Kevin Gillman Carbohydrate prodrugs of fluorooxindoles
JP2008535836A (en) * 2005-04-07 2008-09-04 ニューロセラピューティクス ファーマ エルエルシー Methods and compositions for the treatment of anxiety disorders
US20080262086A1 (en) * 2007-04-18 2008-10-23 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted anthranilic acids
JP2011231094A (en) * 2009-11-02 2011-11-17 Neurotherapeutics Pharma Inc Bumetanide, furosemide, piretanide, azosemide, and torsemide analogs, composition and method of use
US20120022012A1 (en) * 2010-07-22 2012-01-26 NuTek Pharma Ltd. Glycosylated Acetaminophen Pro-Drug Analogs

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040152646A1 (en) * 2003-02-03 2004-08-05 Kevin Gillman Carbohydrate prodrugs of fluorooxindoles
JP2008535836A (en) * 2005-04-07 2008-09-04 ニューロセラピューティクス ファーマ エルエルシー Methods and compositions for the treatment of anxiety disorders
US20080262086A1 (en) * 2007-04-18 2008-10-23 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted anthranilic acids
JP2011231094A (en) * 2009-11-02 2011-11-17 Neurotherapeutics Pharma Inc Bumetanide, furosemide, piretanide, azosemide, and torsemide analogs, composition and method of use
US20120022012A1 (en) * 2010-07-22 2012-01-26 NuTek Pharma Ltd. Glycosylated Acetaminophen Pro-Drug Analogs

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
PETZINGER,E. ET AL.: "Interaction of bumetanide derivatives with hepatocellular bile acid uptake", AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHYSIOLOGY, vol. 265, no. 5, 1993, pages G942 - G954 *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019193159A1 (en) 2018-04-06 2019-10-10 Universität Wien Bumetanide derivatives for the therapy of hyperhidrosis
WO2019193161A1 (en) 2018-04-06 2019-10-10 Universität Wien Bumetanide derivatives for the therapy of stroke and other neurological diseases/disorders involving nkccs
KR20200143413A (en) * 2018-04-06 2020-12-23 지렌틴 아게 Bumetanide derivatives for the treatment of hyperhidrosis
KR102787665B1 (en) 2018-04-06 2025-03-27 지렌틴 아게 Bumetanide derivatives for the treatment of hyperhidrosis

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201444788A (en) 2014-12-01
JPWO2014157635A1 (en) 2017-02-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN112898196B (en) Potent soluble epoxide hydrolase inhibitor
EP2009010A1 (en) Cocrystal of c-glycoside derivative and l-proline
US20120316105A1 (en) Polymyxin Derivates Useful As Antibacterial Agents
JP7508507B2 (en) Macrocyclic broad-spectrum antibiotics
CN105001165A (en) Substituted diaminocarboxamide and diaminocarbonitrile pyrimidines, compositions thereof, and methods of treatment therewith
TWI598348B (en) Heterocyclic compounds and use thereof
DK2151439T3 (en) Nitrogenated AROMATIC 6-membered RINGDERIVAT, AND THIS pharmaceutical composition comprising
JP2023522091A (en) RSV inhibitory 3-substituted quinoline and cinnoline derivatives
WO2021233133A1 (en) Compound used as ret kinase inhibitor and application thereof
NL1024677C2 (en) Therapeutic proline derivatives.
US12428375B2 (en) Compounds and compositions for treating conditions associated with LPA receptor activity
CN103764648B (en) Pyrrolidin-3-ylacetic acid derivatives
CN110423221A (en) Halo-pyrazole as thrombin inhibitor
JP2023505587A (en) Compounds and their use for the treatment of α1-antitrypsin deficiency
WO2014157635A1 (en) Sulfamoylbenzene derivative and drug application
US20240208940A1 (en) Small-molecule inhibitors for beta-catenin/bcell lymphoma 9 protein-protein interaction
JP2016026163A (en) Co-therapy for the treatment of epilepsy and related diseases
JP2023505598A (en) Compounds and their use for the treatment of α1-antitrypsin deficiency
CN103491777A (en) Cathepsin c inhibitors
CA3147471A1 (en) Inhibitors of human atgl
JP6790256B2 (en) Phenothiazine derivatives and how to use them
JP5739426B2 (en) Substituted pyridine compounds
US10894038B2 (en) Indolizine derivatives, composition and methods of use
CN113082023B (en) Pharmaceutical combination of P2X3 inhibitor and P2X4 inhibitor and application thereof
US12208071B2 (en) Glucagon receptor antagonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014514966

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14774662

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14774662

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1